TL2660 - TL3060 7282519 enGB Om

EN
Operation & Maintenance Manual
Telescopic Handler
(TL30.60DB) S/N B3G414000 - B3G415000, B3G415001 & Above
(TL26.60DB) S/N B3G614000 - B3G615000, B3G615001 & Above
(TL30.60HB) S/N B3G714000 - B3G715000, B3G715001 & Above
(TL26.60HB) S/N B3G814000 - B3G815000, B3G815001 & Above
7282519enGB (09-19) (C) Printed in Belgium © 2019 Bobcat Company. All rights reserved. 
Original Instructions ROW S3A (EC)
1 of 258
2 of 258
OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS
CORRECT
Operator must have instructions
WARNING before operating the machine.
Untrained operators can cause
injury or death.
W-2001-0502
P-90216
Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement,
means: “Warning, be alert! Your safety Never operate without instructions.
is involved!” Carefully read the message See machine signs (decals),
that follows. Operation & Maintenance Manual.
CORRECT CORRECT WRONG
NA5465 NA5444 NA5435
Always fasten seat belt snugly. Never use telescopic handler without Never carry riders.
Always keep your feet and arms operator cab with ROPS and FOPS
inside the cab. approval. Use only an approved work platform.
WRONG WRONG WRONG
NA5438 NA5431 NA5437

Do not use machine in atmosphere Check for overhead or Always carry bucket or
with explosive dust, explosive gas, underground power lines before attachments as low as possible.
or where exhaust can contact operating. Do not travel or turn with boom up.
flammable material. Keep boom, attachment, and load a
minimum of 3m (10 ft.) away from Load, unload, and turn on flat level
electrical power lines. ground.
WRONG WRONG WRONG
NA5429 NA5426 NA5430

Never exceed Rated Load Never exit the machine with engine Never modify equipment.
Capacity. running or with boom raised.
Read and understand the Load To park, put transmission in neutral, Use only attachments approved by
Capacity Charts. engage parking brake, and put Bobcat Company for this model
attachment flat on the ground. telescopic handler.
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
The Bobcat® telescopic handler must be equipped with safety items necessary for each job. Ask your Bobcat dealer for
information on the availability and safe use of attachments and accessories.
1. SEAT BELT: Check belt fasteners and check for damaged webbing or buckle.
2. OPERATOR CAB (ROPS and FOPS): It must be on the telescopic handler with all fasteners tight. Never
operate without right window.
3. OPERATOR’S HANDBOOK: Must be in the cab.
4. SAFETY SIGNS (DECALS): Replace if damaged.
5. SAFETY TREADS: Replace if damaged.
6. GRAB HANDLES: Replace if damaged.
7. BOOM STOP (if equipped): Replace if damaged.
8. PARKING BRAKE: Check for function.
9. WINDOWS AND MIRRORS: Clean and check for broken glass or mirrors. Replace if damaged.
OSW71-EN-0117
3 of 258
4 of 258
CONTENTS
FOREWORD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SAFETY AND TRAINING RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
LOAD CHARTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
SYSTEM SETUP AND ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
ALPHABETICAL INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
REFERENCE INFORMATION
Write the correct information for YOUR Bobcat telescopic handler in the spaces below. Always use these numbers
when referring to your Bobcat telescopic handler.
Telescopic Handler Serial Number

Engine Serial Number
NOTES:
YOUR BOBCAT DEALER:
ADDRESS:
PHONE:
Bobcat Company Doosan Bobcat EMEA s.r.o.

P.O. Box 128 U Kodetky 1810
Gwinner, ND 58040-0128 26312 Dobris
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA Czech Republic
* If EC-equipped machine
TL26.60DB, TL30.60DB, TL26.60HB, TL30.60HB

5 of 258
3 Operation & Maintenance Manual
6 of 258
FOREWORD
This Operation & Maintenance Manual was written to give the owner / operator instructions on the safe operation and
maintenance of the Bobcat telescopic handler. READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
MANUAL BEFORE OPERATING YOUR BOBCAT TELESCOPIC HANDLER. If you have any questions, see your
Bobcat dealer. This manual can illustrate options and accessories not installed on your telescopic handler.
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Model TL26.60DB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Model TL26.60HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Model TL30.60DB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Model TL30.60HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
All Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Telescopic Handler Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Engine Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Other Serial Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
DELIVERY REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
BOBCAT TELESCOPIC HANDLER IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Standard Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Options And Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Available Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Available Rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Front And Roof Window Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Front And Roof Window Guard Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

7 of 258
8 of 258
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY*
Model TL26.60DB
Contents of EC Declaration of Conformity

This information is provided in the operators manual to comply with
clause 1.7.4.2(c) of Annex I of Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC.
The official EC Declaration of Conformity is supplied in a separate document.
Manufacturer Directive 2000/14/EC: Noise Emission in the

Environment by Equipment For Use Outdoors
Notified Body
Bobcat France Laboratoire National d’Essais (LNE)
France
Route de Nantes
Notified Body Number: 0071
B.P. 71
44160 Pontchateau EC Certificate No.
FRANCE 2000-14/P175416/2
Technical Documentation
Homologation Manager
Doosan Bobcat EMEA s.r.o. Conformity Assessment Procedure(s)
U Kodetky 1810 2000/14/EC, Annex VI
26312 DobĜíš
Czech Republic Sound Power Levels [Lw(A)]
Measured Sound Power 104 dBA
Guaranteed Sound Power 106 dBA
Description of Equipment Equipment conforms to CE Directive(s) Listed Below

Type of Equipment: Telescopic Handler 2006/42/EC: Machinery Directive
Model Name: TL26.60DB 2014/30/EU: Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
Model Code: B3G6
Engine Manufacturer: PERKINS

Engine Model: 1104D-44TA
Engine Power: 74.5 kW @ 2200 RPM
Declaration of Conformance
This equipment conforms to the requirements specified in all the EC Directives listed in this declaration.
Effective From:
1 December 2018

9 of 258
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY (CONT’D)*
Model TL26.60HB


Notified Body
France
Route de Nantes
B.P. 71
FRANCE 2000-14/P175416/2
26312 DobĜíš

Model Name: TL26.60HB 2014/30/EU: Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
Model Code: B3G8

Effective From:
1 December 2018

10 of 258
Model TL30.60DB


Notified Body
France
Route de Nantes
B.P. 71
FRANCE 2000-14/P175416/2
26312 DobĜíš

Model Name: TL30.60DB 2014/30/EU: Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
Model Code: B3G4

Effective From:
1 December 2018

11 of 258
Model TL30.60HB


Notified Body
France
Route de Nantes
B.P. 71
FRANCE 2000-14/P175416/2
26312 DobĜíš

Model Name: TL30.60HB 2014/30/EU: Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
Model Code: B3G7

Effective From:
1 December 2018

12 of 258
All Models
Declaration of conformity with Article 14 of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 of the European

Parliament and of the Council
We Bobcat France S.A.S. with VAT number FR63332690908 declare under our sole responsibility that
when placing on the market pre-charged equipment, which we manufacture in the Union, the
hydrofluorocarbons contained in that equipment are accounted for within the quota system referred to in
Chapter IV of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 as:
A. we hold authorisation(s) issued in accordance with Article 18(2) of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014
and registered in the registry referred to in Article 17 of that Regulation, at the time of release for free
circulation to use the quota of a producer or importer of hydrofluorocarbons subject to Article 15 of
Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 that cover(s) the quantity of hydrofluorocarbons contained in the equipment.
B. [for importers of equipment only] the hydrofluorocarbons contained in the equipment have been
placed on the market in the Union, subsequently exported and charged into the equipment outside the Union,
and the undertaking that placed the hydrofluorocarbons on the market made a declaration stating that the
quantity of hydrofluorocarbons has been or will be reported as placed on the market in the Union and that
it has not been and will not be reported as direct supply for export in the meaning of Article 15(2)(c) of
Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 pursuant to Article 19 of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 and Section 5C of
the Annex to Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 1191/2014 (2).
C. [for equipment manufactured in the Union only] the hydrofluorocarbons charged into the equipment
were placed on the market by a producer or importer of hydrofluorocarbons subject to Article 15 of
Regulation (EU) No 517/2014.
Patrice Caulier
P. Caulier
30th January, 2017

13 of 258
BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED
ISO 9001 is an international standard that specifies requirements for a quality management system that controls the
processes and procedures which we use to design, develop, manufacture, and distribute Bobcat products.
British Standards Institute (BSI) is the Certified Registrar Bobcat Company chose to assess the company’s compliance
with the ISO 9001 at Bobcat’s manufacturing facilities in Gwinner, North Dakota (U.S.A.), Pontchâteau (France), and
the Bobcat corporate offices (Gwinner, Bismarck, and West Fargo) in North Dakota. TÜV Rheinland is the Certified
Registrar Bobcat Company chose to assess the company’s compliance with the ISO 9001 at Bobcat manufacturing
facility in Dobris (Czech Republic). Only certified assessors, like BSI and TÜV Rheinland, can grant registrations.
ISO 9001 means that as a company we say what we do and do what we say. In other words, we have established
procedures and policies, and we provide evidence that the procedures and policies are followed.

14 of 258
REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Parts
ENGINE OIL FILTER (6 Pack)  BATTERY

960698 7223985
FUEL FILTER, PRIMARY HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN

7251998 FILTER
7225338
FUEL FILTER, SECONDARY HYDRAULIC FILL / BREATHER

6911907 CAP
6727475
AIR FILTER, Outer  OPERATOR CAB AIR FILTER

6910725 7228497
AIR FILTER, Inner 

6910726
NOTE: Always verify Part Numbers with your Bobcat dealer.

15 of 258
REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS (CONT’D)
Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids
The lubricants and fuels described below are those used in the factory and apply to operating conditions in European
temperate climate areas. Please consult Bobcat for requirements under other weather conditions.
Prior to refill or drain any equipment of your Bobcat product, read and understand the according preventive
maintenance pages. (See PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE on Page 149.)
ENGINE SYSTEMS
Machine Part
Fluids And Lubricants T° Range Packaging**
Components Number
Engine - Bobcat Engine Power SAE 10W30 CI4 / ACEA E7 -35°C / +30°C A, B, C, D 6987789*
- Bobcat Engine Power SAE 15W40 CI4 / ACEA E7 -20°C / +40°C A, B, C, D 6987790
- Bobcat EG Coolant Concentrated -36°C A, B, C, D 6987803
Cooling Circuit
- Bobcat EG Coolant Premixed -36°C A, B, C, D 6987804*
Fuel Tank - High-quality diesel fuel that meets EN590 (See FUEL
- - *
SYSTEM on Page 165.)
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEMS
Machine Part
Components Number
Hydraulic Fluid - Bobcat Superior SH Hydraulic / Hydrostatic -35°C / +50°C A, B, C, D 6987791*
Tank
TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS
Machine Part
Components Number
- Bobcat Axle / Transmission Oil SAE 85W90 LS / API -20°C / +40°C A, B, C, D 6987805
Differential & GL-5
Axles
- Bobcat Axle / Transmission Oil ISO 100 / API GL-4 -20°C / +40°C A, B, C 6987794*
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Machine Dropping Part

Fluids And Lubricants Packaging**
Components Point Number
- Bobcat Multi-Purpose Grease From 260°C E 6987888*
All Mechanical
- Bobcat Supreme HD Grease From 280°C E 6987889
Systems
- Bobcat Extreme HP Grease From 260°C E 6987890
(*) Factory-Filled Fluids And Lubricants

(**) Packaging Available:
A = 5 L Can
B = 25 L Container
C = 209 L Drum
D = 1000 L Tank
E = 400 g Tube

16 of 258
SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION Engine Serial Number
Always use the serial number of the telescopic handler Figure 2

when requesting service information or when ordering
parts.
If any serial number plate is damaged, contact your

Bobcat dealer.
Telescopic Handler Serial Number
Figure 1
S38000
P119099
S38001
The engine serial number can be found on the engine

serial number plate [Figure 2] in front of you when
opening the engine cover. Always use the full number
when ordering replacement parts.
7301313
Other Serial Numbers
The telescopic handler serial number plate (Item 1) is Other components can also have serial numbers and an
located on the right side of the chassis in front [Figure 1]. identification plate. Always use these serial numbers
when ordering parts.
Explanation of telescopic handler serial number:
XXXX XXXXX
Module 2. - Production
Sequence (Series)
Module 1. - Model / Engine

Combination
1. The four digit Model / Engine Combination Module

number identifies the model number and engine
combination.
2. The five digit Production Sequence Number identifies

the order in which the telescopic handler is produced.

17 of 258
DELIVERY REPORT
Figure 3
B-16315
The delivery report [Figure 3] contains a list of items that

must be explained or shown to the owner or operator by
the dealer when the Bobcat telescopic handler is
delivered.
The delivery report must be reviewed and signed by the

owner or operator and the dealer.

18 of 258
BOBCAT TELESCOPIC HANDLER IDENTIFICATION
18
3 13
2 2
14 4
5 12 1 11
17
6
7
15
9 10 16
8
NA9554
NA15075
ITEM DESCRIPTION ITEM DESCRIPTION

1 Operation & Maintenance Manual and Operator’s 10 Seat Belt
Handbook
2 Mirrors 11 Boom Stop [A]
3 Work Lights 12 Operator Cab (ROPS and FOPS) [C]
4 Load Capacity Charts 13 Rotating Beacon
5 Front Lights 14 Rear Work Light
6 Telescoping Boom 15 Tail Lights and Direction Signals
7 Boom Head 16 Tyres [D]
8 Attachment Carrier [B] 17 Engine Cover
9 Boom 18 Rear / Front Interior Mirror
[A] Optional or Field Accessory. (Not Standard Equipment).

[B] Attachments - Several different attachments are available for the Bobcat telescopic handler.
[C] ROPS, FOPS - Roll-Over Protective Structure, per ISO 3471, and Falling-Object Protective Structure 
per ISO 3449, Level II.
[D] TYRES - Standard tyres are shown. Several different tyre styles and sizes are available for the Bobcat telescopic
handler.

19 of 258
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS • Dual FNR
• Dust protection
Standard Items • Electric line on boom
• Extinguisher
Model TL26.60(D)(H)B, TL30.60(D)(H)B Bobcat • Fan inverter
telescopic handler is equipped with the following • Front and roof window guard
standard items: • Hydraulic hook for trailer**
• Hydraulic locking of attachments, Mani-tach
• 12 V power outlet • Hydraulic locking of attachments, quick-tach
• 4 equal-size drive wheels with tyres • Hydraulic trailer brake valve
• Auxiliary hydraulic line on boom • Keyless start
• Adjustable steering column • Keypad panel
• Back-up alarm • Lockable fuel cap
• Cab heater • Mani-tach attachment carrier
• Counterweight (only for TL30.60(D)(H)B) • Radio ready (with speakers and antenna)
• Cushion lift (up and down) • Rear flat mirror
• Front and rear washer / wipers • Rear hitch electrical plug (7-Pin)
• Front hitch • Rear hydraulic lines**
• Gear pump • Road lights LED
• Glass door • Roll sun visor
• Hydrostatic transmission, 35 km/h (21.7 mph) • Roof window wiper*
• Interior mirror • Rotating beacon LED
• Left and right side mirrors • Solid rear document compartment
• Longitudinal Load Moment Controller (LLMC) system • Special colour cab
with override feature • Special colour frame, boom and rims
• Manual locking of attachments • Support for registration plate
• Mudguards • Tow devices for trailers
• Quick-tach attachment carrier • Travel direction lever
• Rear document storage net • Wheel wedge
• Retract cushion • Work lights on boom
• Road lights • Work lights on boom LED
• Rotating beacon • Work light on frame LED
• Semi-automatic realignment of the wheels • Work lights on roof LED (2 front + 1 rear)
• Smart Handling System (SHS)
• Speed management Specifications subject to change without notice
• Standard steering wheel
• Suspension seat * In standard items for EC-equipped machine
• Turbo-charged engine, 74,5 kW (100 hp) ** Not allowed for EC-equipped machine
• Turn signals
• Work lights on roof (2 front + 1 rear)
• Work light on frame
• Wrench for transmission disengagement
Options And Accessories
Below is a list of some equipment available from your

Bobcat dealer as Dealer and / or Factory Installed
Accessories and Factory Installed Options. See your
Bobcat dealer for other available options, accessories
and attachments.
• Air suspension seat

• Basic tow hitch
• Blue work lights
• Boom float**
• Boom stop*
• Boom suspension**
• Cab premium
• Cold start**
• Cyclonic cleaner on air intake
• Cab with HVAC
• Deluxe steering wheel
• Double mirrors on right side*

20 of 258
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS Front And Roof Window Guard
(CONT’D)
Figure 4
Available Tyres
Standard tyres: 11
• CAMSO 405/70-20 16 PR TM R4
Optional tyres: 1
1
• CAMSO 405/70-20 14 PR TM R4
1
• DUNLOP 405/70R20 168A2 152J MPT SPT9
• MICHELIN 400/70R20 149A8/149B IND TL

BIBLOAD
P126608
S41678
P126609
S41679
• MICHELIN 400/70R20 149A8/149B IND TL XMCL
• ALLIANCE 400/70R20 149A8 A 580 Available for special applications to restrict material from
entering cab openings [Figure 4].
• MICHELIN 400/80-24 162A8 IND TL POWER CL
The front and roof window guard is mounted to the cab at
• CAMSO 400/80-24 20 PR TM R4 six mounting points (Item 1) [Figure 4].
• DUNLOP 405/70R24 168A2 152J MPT SPT9 Do not use an unapproved front and roof window guard.
A front and roof window guard not manufactured by
• MICHELIN 400/70 R24 152A8/152B IND TL XMCL Bobcat cannot be approved.
• ALLIANCE 405/70R24 152A8 A 580 See your Bobcat dealer for availability.
See your Bobcat dealer for more information on optional Front And Roof Window Guard Inspection And
tyres and the corresponding steering angle adjustment. Maintenance
Available Rims The front and roof window guard must be regularly
inspected and maintained. Inspect the screen and the
Standard rims: four mounting points (Item 1) [Figure 4] for damage.
Replace parts as necessary.
• RIM 13*20” -3
Optional rims:
• RIM 13*24” -3

21 of 258
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS Pallet Forks
(CONT’D)
Figure 6
Attachments
These attachments are approved for use on the Bobcat

telescopic handler.
Do not use unapproved attachments. Attachments not

manufactured by Bobcat cannot be approved.
The versatile Bobcat telescopic handler quickly turns into

a multi-job machine with a tight-fit attachment hook-up
from bucket to grapple to pallet fork and a variety of other
attachments.
See your Bobcat dealer for more details on these and

other attachments and field accessories.
NA13145
Increase the versatility of your Bobcat telescopic handler

with a variety of bucket styles and sizes. • Side shift carriage 200 mm (7.9 in) - Type III
Buckets Figure 7
Figure 5
NA15560
P133148
• Rigid pallet forks FEM III - with guard
• 780 L (28 ft³) digging bucket - teeth optional • Rigid pallet forks FEM III - without guard
• 1500 L (53 ft³), 2,1 m (83 in) wide light material bucket • Floating pallet forks 1,0 m (39 in), quick-tach
- bolt-on edge optional
• Floating pallet forks 1,0 m (39 in), mani-tach
• 2000 L (71 ft³), 2,3 m (90.5 in) wide light material
bucket - bolt-on edge optional • Floating pallet forks 1,5 m (59 in), quick-tach
• Floating pallet forks 1,5 m (59 in), mani-tach

22 of 258
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS Bale Handlers With Tines
(CONT’D)
Figure 10
Attachments (Cont’d)
Bale Spikes
Figure 8
S38392
• Bale handler with tines 1 m (39 in)
S38976 • Bale handler with tines 1,4 m (55 in)
Grapple Buckets
• Round bale spike
Figure 11
Bale Handlers With Tubes
Figure 9
P133147
NA9979 • Bucket Grapple, welded, 2,2 m (86.6 in)
• Bucket Grapple, forged, 2,2 m (86.6 in)

• Bale handler with tubes 1,3 m (51 in)

23 of 258
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS
(CONT’D)
Attachments (Cont’d)
Fork Grapple
Figure 12
S38395
• Manure fork grapple 2,1 m (83 in)
Jibs
Figure 13
EM9746
• Jib 0,7 m / 4300 kg (28 in / 9480 lb), quick-tach
• Jib 0,7 m / 4300 kg (28 in / 9480 lb), mani-tach

24 of 258
SAFETY AND TRAINING RESOURCES
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Before Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Telescopic Handler Approved Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Safe Operation Is The Operator’s Responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Avoid Silica Dust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Dismantling And Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
FIRE PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Fuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Welding And Grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Fire Extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Pictorial-Only Safety Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

25 of 258
26 of 258
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS • Load Capacity Charts for each attachment are
provided in the operator area. These charts indicate
Before Operation the Rated Load Capacity for each attachment at
specified boom heights and extensions. Replacement
Carefully follow the operating and maintenance or additional charts for new attachments are available
instructions in this manual. from your Bobcat dealer.
Safety decals must be in good condition. If replacing a • An Operator’s Handbook is fastened to the operator
part with a safety decal or if a safety decal is damaged or cab of the telescopic handler. Its brief instructions are
worn it must be replaced on the machine. convenient to the operator. See your Bobcat dealer
for more information on translated versions.
The Bobcat Telescopic Handler is highly manoeuvrable
and compact. It is rugged and useful under a wide variety The dealer and owner / operator review the
of conditions. This presents an operator with hazards recommended uses of the product when delivered. If the
associated with off motorway, rough terrain applications, owner / operator will be using the machine for a different
common with telescopic handler usage. application(s) he or she must ask the dealer for
recommendations on the new use.
The telescopic handler has an internal combustion
engine with resultant heat and exhaust. All exhaust Telescopic Handler Approved Applications
gases can kill or cause illness so use the telescopic
handler with adequate ventilation. The telescopic handler is designed for the following
specific approved applications.
The dealer explains the capabilities and restrictions of
the telescopic handler and attachment for each • Handling and stacking loads.
application. The dealer demonstrates the safe operation
according to Bobcat instructional materials, which are • Towing a trailer.
also available to operators. The dealer can also identify • Work with a bucket and other approved attachments.
unsafe modifications or use of unapproved attachments.
Any modifications that affects the operator visibility or the
Do not use the telescopic handler for applications not
machines specifications has to be approved by Bobcat
described in the Operation & Maintenance Manual
Company. The attachments and buckets are designed for
delivered with the machine or attachment.
a Rated Load Capacity. They are designed for secure
fastening to the telescopic handler. The user must check
with the dealer, or Bobcat literature, to determine safe Any application that can cause falling objects or
loads of materials of specified densities for the machine - penetration in the operator’s enclosure is prohibited.
attachment combination.
The following publications and training materials provide

information on the safe use and maintenance of the
Bobcat machine and attachments:
• The Delivery Report is used to assure that complete

instructions have been given to the new owner and
that the machine and attachment is in safe operating
condition.
• The Operation & Maintenance Manual delivered with

the machine or attachment gives operating
information as well as routine maintenance and
service procedures. It is a part of the machine and can
be stored in a container provided on the machine.
Replacement Operation & Maintenance Manuals can
be ordered from your Bobcat dealer.
• Machine signs (decals) instruct on the safe operation

and care of your Bobcat machine or attachment. The
signs and their locations are shown in the Operation
& Maintenance Manual. Replacement signs are
available from your Bobcat dealer.
SI TH EMEA-1015

27 of 258
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONT’D) Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator
For an operator to be qualified, he or she must not use
Safe Operation Is The Operator’s Responsibility
drugs or alcoholic drinks which impair alertness or co-
ordination while working. An operator who is taking
Safety Alert Symbol prescription drugs must get medical advice to determine
if he or she can safely operate a machine.
This symbol with a warning statement means: A Qualified Operator Must Do The Following:
“Warning, be alert! Your safety is involved!”
Understand the Written Instructions, Rules and
Carefully read the message that follows.
Regulations
• The written instructions from Bobcat Company
include the Delivery Report, Operation &
Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and
WARNING machine signs (decals).
• Check the rules and regulations at your location. The
rules may include an employer’s work safety
Operator must have instructions before operating the
requirements. For driving on public roads, the
machine. Untrained operators can cause injury or
machine must be equipped as stipulated by the local
death. regulations authorising operation on public roads in
W-2001-0502
your specific country. Regulations may identify a
hazard such as a utility line.
• For operating the machine, some countries require an
operator license. Check the regulations at your
IMPORTANT location.
This notice identifies procedures which must be Have Training with Actual Operation
followed to avoid damage to the machine. • Operator training must consist of a demonstration and
I-2019-0284 verbal instruction. This training is given by your
Bobcat dealer before the product is delivered.
• The new operator must start in an area without
bystanders or structures and use all the controls until
he or she can operate the machine and attachment
DANGER safely under all conditions of the work area. Always
fasten seat belt before operating.
The signal word DANGER on the machine and in the Know the Work Conditions
manuals indicates a hazardous situation which, if not • Know the weight of the materials being handled.
avoided, will result in death or serious injury. Avoid exceeding the Rated Load Capacity of the
D-1002-1107 machine (as indicated on the Load Capacity Charts).
Material which is very dense will be heavier than the
same volume of less dense material. Reduce the size
of load if handling dense material.
WARNING • The operator must know any prohibited uses or work

areas, for example, he or she needs to know about
excessive slopes and prohibited weather conditions
The signal word WARNING on the machine and in the like lightning weathers.
manuals indicates a potentially hazardous situation • Know the location of any underground lines.
which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious
• Wear tight fitting clothing. Always wear safety glasses
injury.
W-2044-1107
when doing maintenance or service. Safety glasses,
respiratory equipment, hearing protection or Front
Window Guard are required for some work. See your
The telescopic handler and attachment must be in good Bobcat dealer about Bobcat Safety Equipment.
operating condition before use.
• Know the maximum weight capacity of the roads and
Check all of the items on the Bobcat Service Schedule working areas. Never exceed the maximum weight
Decal under the 8-10 hour column or as shown in the capacity allowed, especially when travelling on a
Operation & Maintenance Manual. suspended bridge or using an elevator.
SI TH EMEA-1015

28 of 258
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONT’D) FIRE PREVENTION
Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator (Cont’d)
Where overhead power lines are present in the operating

area, ensure sufficient clearance between the nearest of
these lines and any part of the machine.
VOLTAGE MINIMUM DISTANCE Maintenance
up to 50 kV 3 m (10 ft) The machine and some attachments have components

that are at high temperatures under normal operating
beyond 50 kV 5 m (16.5 ft)
conditions. The primary source of high temperatures is
the engine and exhaust system. The electrical system, if
The operator must survey his / her field of vision when damaged or incorrectly maintained, can be a source of
operating the telescopic handler. Adjust mirrors to obtain arcs or sparks.
the best visibility. Clean mirrors every day and more often
when necessary. Immediately replace any broken or Flammable debris (leaves, straw, etc.) must be removed
damaged mirrors. If a suspended load or the resulting regularly. If flammable debris is allowed to accumulate, it
boom geometry blocks the vision of the operator can cause a fire hazard. Clean often to avoid this
alternative carrying means must be considered. accumulation. Flammable debris in the engine
compartment is a potential fire hazard.
The operator must know the wind speed. Do not use the
telescopic handler with wind speeds over 12,5 m/s (28 The operator’s area, engine compartment and engine
mph). cooling system must be inspected every day and cleaned
if necessary to prevent fire hazards and overheating.
Avoid Silica Dust
All fuels, most lubricants and some coolants mixtures are
flammable. Flammable fluids that are leaking or spilled
onto hot surfaces or onto electrical components can
cause a fire.
Operation
Do not use the machine where exhaust, arcs, sparks or

hot components can contact flammable material,
explosive dust or gases.
Cutting or drilling concrete containing sand or rock
containing quartz may result in exposure to silica dust. Electrical
Use a respirator, water spray or other means to control
dust.
Dismantling And Disposal
On the completion of its useful life, the machine and its

parts shall be disposed of in an environmental friendly
manner. Please contact your local dealer. Parts of the Check all electrical wiring and connections for damage.
machine can be remanufactured like the engine Keep the battery terminals clean and tight. Repair or
depending on its age and condition, or recycled like replace any damaged part or wires that are loose or
metals, plastics, rubbers and glasses. Respect the frayed.
environment and dispose of waste properly. Worn or
damaged parts shall not be left in the environment. Oils, Battery gas can explode and cause serious injury. Use
brake fluid, cooling refrigerants, batteries and cells shall the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual
be disposed of in a proper manner through your local for connecting the battery and for jump starting. Do not
dealer or recycling centre. jump start or charge a frozen or damaged battery. Keep
any open flames or sparks away from batteries. Do not
smoke in battery charging area.
SI TH EMEA-1015

29 of 258
FIRE PREVENTION (CONT’D) Welding And Grinding
Hydraulic System Always clean the machine and attachment, disconnect

the battery, and disconnect the wiring from the Bobcat
Check hydraulic tubes, hoses and fittings for damage controllers before welding. Cover rubber hoses, battery
and leakage. Never use open flame or bare skin to check and all other flammable parts. Keep a fire extinguisher
for leaks. Hydraulic tubes and hoses must be properly near the machine when welding.
routed and have adequate support and secure clamps.
Tighten or replace any parts that show leakage. Have good ventilation when grinding or welding painted
parts. Wear dust mask when grinding painted parts.
Always clean fluid spills. Do not use petrol or diesel fuel Toxic dust or gas can be produced.
for cleaning parts. Use commercial non-flammable
solvents. Dust generated from repairing non-metallic parts such as
hoods, fenders or covers can be flammable or explosive.
Fuelling Repair such components in a well ventilated area away
from open flames or sparks.
Fire Extinguishers
Stop the engine and let it cool before adding fuel. No

smoking! Do not refuel a machine near open flames or
sparks. Fill the fuel tank outdoors.
Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) poses a greater static

ignition hazard than earlier diesel formulations with
higher Sulfur content. Avoid death or serious injury from
fire or explosion. Consult with your fuel or fuel system Know where fire extinguishers and first aid kits are
supplier to ensure the delivery system is in compliance located and how to use them. Inspect the fire
with fuelling standards for proper grounding and bonding extinguisher and service the fire extinguisher regularly.
practices. Obey the recommendations on the instructions plate.
Starting
Do not use ether or starting fluids on any engine that has

glow plugs. These starting aids can cause explosion and
injure you or bystanders.
Use the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance

Manual for connecting the battery and for jump starting.
Sl TH EMEA-1015

30 of 258
PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES
The following publications are also available for your

Bobcat telescopic handler. You can order them from your
Bobcat dealer.
For the latest information on Bobcat products and the

Bobcat Company, visit our website at Bobcat.eu.
TL26.60DB, TL30.60DB,
TL26.60HB, TL30.60HB
OPERATION &
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
7282519enGB
Complete instructions on the correct operation and the

routine maintenance of the Bobcat telescopic handler.
TL26.60DB, TL30.60DB,
TL26.60HB, TL30.60HB
SERVICE MANUAL
7282521enUS
Complete maintenance instructions for your Bobcat

telescopic handler.
TL26.60DB, TL30.60DB,
TL26.60HB, TL30.60HB
OPERATOR’S HANDBOOK
7282527enGB
Gives basic operation instructions and safety warnings.

31 of 258
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS)
Follow the instructions on all the Machine Signs (Decals) that are on the telescopic handler. Replace any damaged
machine signs and be sure they are in the correct locations. Machine signs are available from your Bobcat dealer.
7241133
7199716 [1] 7201294 [1] 7269447
Load Capacity
Charts
7245984
[1] 7339764 7245982 7362846 7345616
Inside Cab
9 5
[1] 7185935 [1] 7241263

1
7199636*
7251955 (2)
6815993 (2) 9
7350278
7203744 7185935
7197650
NA9554
[1] Optional or Field Accessory. (Not Standard Equipment)


32 of 258
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)
Follow the instructions on all the Machine Signs (Decals) that are on the telescopic handler. Replace any damaged
machine signs and be sure they are in the correct locations. Machine signs are available from your Bobcat dealer.
7120573
4
7169014
5
7206672
[1] 7241263 9
7169699
In Engine Compartment
6809609 (2)
10
7197517 (2)
2
7351453*
6595014 (2)
7
7245987
[1] 7311341 [1] 7252619**
[1] 7311340 NA15075

[1] Optional or Field Accessory. (Not Standard Equipment)
** Not allowed for EC-equipped machines

33 of 258
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D) 1. Falling And Crush Hazards (7198123)
Pictorial-Only Safety Signs The safety sign is located on each side of the boom head.
Safety signs are used to alert the equipment operator or

maintenance person to hazards that can be encountered
in the use and maintenance of the equipment. The
location and description of the safety signs are detailed in
this section. Please become familiarised with all safety
signs installed on the telescopic handler.
Vertical Configuration
HAZARD
PANEL
WARNING
LOWERING OF ATTACHMENT, FALLING LOADS OR
FALLING OFF ATTACHMENT CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
AVOIDANCE INJURY OR DEATH
PANEL • Do not use as a manlift or work platform.
• No riders.
• Keep away from raised boom and attachment.
• Keep bystanders away.
W-2905-0211
Horizontal Configuration
2. Unexpected Machine Movement (7197517)
The safety sign is located on each side of the rear of the

frame.
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
PANEL PANEL
The format consists of the hazard panel(s) and the

avoidance panel(s):
Hazard panels depict a potential hazard enclosed in a

safety alert triangle.
WARNING
Avoidance panels depict actions required to avoid the
hazards. UNEXPECTED MACHINE MOVEMENT CAN CAUSE
A safety sign can contain more than one hazard panel SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
and more than one avoidance panel. • Start engine only from operator seat with
transmission lever in neutral and parking brake
NOTE: See the overview on pages 30 and 31 for the engaged.
machine location of each correspondingly • Do not attempt to start the engine by shorting
numbered pictorial-only text decal. across the starter terminals.
W-2904-0211

34 of 258
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D) 4. Service Checklist And Schedule (7206672)
Pictorial-Only Safety Signs (Cont’d) The safety sign is located inside the engine compartment.
3. Crush Hazard (7197650)
The safety sign is located on the front of the frame.
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Keep door / cover closed except for service.
• Keep engine clean of flammable material.
• Keep body, loose objects and clothing away from
DANGER electrical contacts, moving parts, hot parts and
exhaust.
• Do not use the machine in space with explosive
dusts or gases or with flammable material near
exhaust.
• Never use ether or starting fluid on diesel engine
with glow plugs or air intake heater. Use only
starting aids as approved by engine
manufacturer.
• Leaking fluids under pressure can enter skin and
P-100830 cause serious injury.
• Battery acid causes severe burns; wear goggles.
AVOID DEATH
If acid contacts eyes, skin, or clothing, flush with
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
water. For contact with eyes, flush and get
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
medical attention.
can cause boom to drop.
• Battery makes flammable and explosive gas.
• Keep out of this area when boom is raised unless
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco
supported by an approved boom stop. Replace if
away.
damaged.
D-1030-1210
• For jump start, connect negative cable to the
machine engine last (never at the battery). After
jump start, remove negative connection at the
engine first.
• Exhaust gases can kill. Always ventilate.
W-2782-0409

35 of 258
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D) 6. Hook Maximum Capacity (7311340)
Pictorial-Only Safety Signs (Cont’d) The safety sign is located above the hitch.
5. Accumulated Hydraulic Pressure (7241263)
The safety sign is located at the rear of the frame and

under the front frame cover.
WARNING
Read, understand and follow all the instructions and
safety precautions in this manual and on safety
WARNING signs (decals).
Failure to follow the safety precautions could result
in serious injury or death.
PRESSURIZED FLUID CAN CAUSE W-2815-0510
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Always release hydraulic pressure from accumulator
before service.
W-2984-1113

36 of 258
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D) 8. Hydraulic Pick-up Tow Hitch (7252619)**
Pictorial-Only Safety Signs (Cont’d) The safety sign is located on the hitch.
7. Trailer Hook Maximum Capacity (7311341)
The safety sign is located above the hitch.
WARNING
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Read, understand and follow all the instructions and
safety precautions in this manual and on safety
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH signs (decals).
Read, understand and follow all the instructions and Failure to follow the safety precautions could result
safety precautions in this manual and on safety in serious injury or death.
signs (decals). W-2815-0510
Failure to follow the safety precautions could result
in serious injury or death.
W-2815-0510

37 of 258
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D) 10. Decal No-EU (7351453)*
Pictorial-Only Safety Signs (Cont’d) Commissioning or operation of this machine in the EU is

prohibited.
9. Hot Pressurised Fluid (7169699 and 7185935)
The safety sign is located on the engine coolant tank cap.
WARNING
HOT PRESSURISED FLUID CAN CAUSE
SERIOUS BURNS
• Never open hot.
• OPEN SLOWLY.
W-2755-EN-0909
The safety sign is located on the boom head and on the

hydraulic fluid reservoir.
WARNING
AVOID BURNS
Hydraulic fluid, tubes, fittings and quick couplers
can get hot when running machine and implements.
Be careful when connecting and disconnecting quick
couplers.
W-2895-1110

38 of 258
LOAD CHARTS
CHARTS FOR TL26.60DB, TL26.60HB MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
CHARTS FOR TL30.60DB, TL30.60HB MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

39 of 258
40 of 258
CHARTS FOR TL26.60DB, TL26.60HB MACHINE
Chart for the machine TL26.60DB, TL26.60HB on 20” Chart for the machine TL26.60DB, TL26.60HB on 24”
tyres: tyres:
• CAMSO 405/70-20/14 PR TM R4 • CAMSO 400/80-24/20 PR TM R4

• with inflation pressure of 315 kPa (3,15 bar) (46 psi). • with inflation pressure of 250 kPa (2,50 bar) (36 psi).
• with floating pallet forks. • with floating pallet forks.
• CAMSO 405/70-20/16 PR TM R4 • MICHELIN 400/80-24 162A8 IND TL POWER CL
• DUNLOP 405/70 R20 168A2 152J MPT SPT9 • DUNLOP 405/70R24 168A2 152J MPT SPT9
• MICHELIN 400/R20 149A8/149B IND TL BIBLOAD • with inflation pressure of 330 kPa (3,30 bar) (48 psi).
• with inflation pressure of 360 kPa (3,60 bar) (52 psi). • with floating pallet forks.
• with floating pallet forks. • ALLIANCE 405/70R24 152A8 A 580
• MICHELIN 400/R20 149A8/149B IND TL XMCL • with inflation pressure of 300 kPa (3,00 bar) (43 psi).
• with floating pallet forks.
• ALLIANCE 400/R20 149A8 A 580
• with inflation pressure of 380 kPa (3,80 bar) (55 psi).
7296687_0
Complies with stability tests of the relevant parts of

ISO 22915.
7296686_0
Complies with stability tests of the relevant parts of WARNING

ISO 22915.
TIPPING OR ROLLOVER CAN CAUSE
Always use and follow the Load Capacity Chart that
is specified for each attachment and telescopic
handler combination. Each attachment and machine
combination will have its own chart.
Exceeding the rated load capacity can cause the
machine to tip or rollover.
W-2928-EN-1112

41 of 258
CHARTS FOR TL30.60DB, TL30.60HB MACHINE
Chart for the machine TL30.60DB, TL30.60HB on 20” Chart for the machine TL30.60DB, TL30.60HB on 24”
tyres: tyres:
• CAMSO 405/70-20/14 PR TM R4 • CAMSO 400/80-24/20 PR TM R4

• CAMSO 405/70-20/16 PR TM R4 • MICHELIN 400/80-24 162A8 IND TL POWER CL
• DUNLOP 405/70 R20 168A2 152J MPT SPT9 • DUNLOP 405/70R24 168A2 152J MPT SPT9
• MICHELIN 400/R20 149A8/149B IND TL BIBLOAD • with inflation pressure of 330 kPa (3,30 bar) (48 psi).
• ALLIANCE 405/70R24 152A8 A 580
• MICHELIN 400/R20 149A8/149B IND TL XMCL • with inflation pressure of 300 kPa (3,00 bar) (43 psi).
• ALLIANCE 400/R20 149A8 A 580
7296641_0

ISO 22915.
7296640_0

ISO 22915.

42 of 258
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
OPERATOR CONTROLS IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Operator Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Travel Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Multi-function Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Steering Wheel Tilt Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Right Instrument And Indicator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Centre Indicator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Longitudinal Load Moment Indicator (LLMI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Display Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Display Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Temperature Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Auxiliary Power Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Accelerator Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Brake Pedal And Inching Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Cab Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Cab Door Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Rear Cab Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Cab Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
STEERING MODE SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Aligning Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Steering Mode Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Semi-Automatic Aligning Mode Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Manual Aligning Mode Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
EMERGENCY EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
DRIVING AND STEERING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

4-Wheel Steering Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Stopping The Telescopic Handler (4-Wheel Steering Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
2-Wheel Steering Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Stopping The Telescopic Handler (2-Wheel Steering Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Crab Steering Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Stopping The Telescopic Handler (Crab Steering Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
BOOM SUSPENSION** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

43 of 258
AUTOMATIC BOOM SUSPENSION** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
SPEED MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Changing The Factory Default Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Hydraulic Control Lever (Joystick) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Front Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (Reverse Continuous Flow) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Changing The Maximum Auxiliary Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Auxiliary Hydraulics At Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Quick Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Auxiliary Hydraulic Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
ATTACHMENT CONTROL CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
AUTO REVERSE COOLING FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
SMART HANDLING SYSTEM (SHS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
DUAL FNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
DAILY INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Daily Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Cleaning The Operator Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Entering The Telescopic Handler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Operation & Maintenance Manual And Operator’s Handbook Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Seat Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Mirrors Adjustment And Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
STARTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Standard Key Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Keypad Panel (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Cold Temperature Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Warming The Hydraulic / Hydrostatic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
MONITORING THE DISPLAY PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Warning And Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

44 of 258
ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Serial Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Grapple Bucket And Fork Grapple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Bale Handler With Tine / Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Side Shift Carriage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Pallet Forks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Round Bale Spike . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Manual Lock) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hydraulic Lock) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
OPERATING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Longitudinal Load Moment Controller (LLMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Override Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Inspect The Work Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Basic Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Operating With A Full Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Operating With An Empty Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Filling And Emptying The Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Digging And Filling A Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Raising A Load And Extending The Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Load Capacity Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Levelling The Ground Using Float (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Handling Loads With Pallet Forks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
TOWING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
LIFTING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
TRANSPORTING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER ON A TRAILER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Loading And Unloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
TOWING A TRAILER WITH THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Rear Hitch And Hydraulic Hook** Applications And Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Rear Hitch And Hydraulic Hook** Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Rear Hitch And Hydraulic Hook** Inspection Before Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Rear Hitch Description And Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Rear Adjustable Hitch Description And Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Rear Hydraulic Hook Description And Operation** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Rear Hitch And Hydraulic Hook** Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Connecting The Electrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

45 of 258
46 of 258
OPERATOR CONTROLS IDENTIFICATION Figure 15
Operator Components
Figure 14 2
11 4 6
3
1
9 8
2 P126151
5
1 10
Brake Pedal / Inching Control (Item 1) [Figure 15]. (See
P135523 Brake Pedal And Inching Control on Page 56.)
Accelerator Pedal (Item 2) [Figure 15]. (See Accelerator

Steering Wheel (Item 1) [Figure 14]. (See Steering Pedal on Page 56.)
Wheel on Page 46.)
Multi-function Lever (Item 2) [Figure 14]. (See Multi-

function Lever on Page 47.)
WARNING
Hydraulic Control Lever (Joystick) (Item 3) [Figure 14].
(See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS on Page 78.)
Operate only from operator’s seat with seat belt
securely fastened. Never carry riders or use
Centre Indicator Panel (Item 4) [Figure 14]. (See Centre
attachments, other than an approved man platform,
Indicator Panel on Page 49.)
as a man lift or work platform. Keep bystanders away
from the work area.
Right Instrument and Indicator Panel (Item 5) W-2979-0813
[Figure 14]. (See Right Instrument And Indicator Panel
on Page 48.)
Display Panel (Item 6) [Figure 14]. (See Display Panel

on Page 52.)
Longitudinal Load Moment Indicator (Item 7) [Figure 14].

(See Longitudinal Load Moment Indicator (LLMI) on
Page 50.)
Override Switch (Item 8) [Figure 14]. (See Override

Switch on Page 124.)
Steering Wheel Tilt Adjustment (if equipped) (Item 9)

[Figure 14]. (See Steering Wheel Tilt Position on Page
47.)
Travel Direction Switch (Item 10) [Figure 14]. (See Travel

Direction on Page 46.)
FNR Lever (Item 11) [Figure 14]. (See Travel Direction

on Page 46.)

47 of 258
OPERATOR CONTROLS IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) Steering Wheel
Travel Direction Figure 18
Travel Direction Switch (If Equipped)
Figure 16
L R
1
2
P135523
Turn the steering wheel (Item 1) [Figure 18] clockwise

P135522 (R) to turn right; anticlockwise (L) to turn left. (See
DRIVING AND STEERING THE TELESCOPIC
HANDLER on Page 67.)
Press the top of the switch (Item 1) for forward travel; the
bottom of the switch (Item 2) [Figure 16] for reverse
travel.
(See DUAL FNR on Page 83.) for more information.
The back-up alarm will sound when the switch is in the

reverse position.
Travel Direction Lever (If Equipped)
Figure 17
P133033
Move the lever forward (Item 1) for forward travel;

backward (Item 2) [Figure 17] for reverse travel.
(See DUAL FNR on Page 83.) for more information.
The back-up alarm will sound when the lever is in the

reverse position.

48 of 258
OPERATOR CONTROLS IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) Headlights And Rear Lights
Multi-function Lever The lever also includes the lights switch (Item 6)
[Figure 19] which has three positions. Rotate the lever to
Figure 19 select front lights:
3 1 • OFF
6 • Parking lights and rear lights
• Headlights and rear lights
5 When the headlights are ON: Push the lever away from
the steering wheel and release it to change from high to
low or low to high beam headlights.
4
2
Steering Wheel Tilt Position
Figure 20
P121938
This lever (Item 1) [Figure 19] has four functions: 1
• Direction signal
• Horn
• Travel speed
• Parking lights and head lights.
Direction Signal
Move the lever backward (Item 2) for left direction signal;

P133034
forward (Item 3) [Figure 19] for right direction signal.
NOTE: Be sure to turn the direction signals off after Turn the lever (if equipped) (Item 1) [Figure 20]
you have completed the turn. anticlockwise to loosen the steering wheel tilt
Horn mechanism.
Push the lever in (Item 4) [Figure 19] to sound the horn. When the steering wheel is in the desired position, turn
the lever (Item 1) [Figure 20] clockwise. Tighten firmly to
Two-Speed Control lock position.
Press the button (Item 5) [Figure 19] at the end of the NOTE: Always keep the steering wheel tilt
lever to toggle between high and low speed. This can be mechanism in the lock position when
done without stopping first. operating the machine.
When low speed is activated, the low speed light is ON.

(See Display Panel on Page 52.)
NOTE: The speed status (low or high) is kept in

memory at the end of each run. The same
previous status will be active at the next run.

49 of 258
OPERATOR CONTROLS IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) 5. Washer - Press and hold the top of the switch to turn
the front washer and the top washer ON; press and
Right Instrument And Indicator Panel hold the bottom to turn the rear washer ON.
Figure 21 6. Front Wiper (Green Light) - Press the bottom of the

switch to turn the front wiper ON; press the top to turn
1 2 3 7 8 9 13 OFF.
22
7. Steering Mode Indicator (Orange Light) - Indicates
the active steering mode.
14 15 16 17 8. Steering Mode Switch - To change steering modes

(4-Wheel, 2-Wheel, Crab). (See STEERING MODE
4 5 6 10 11 12 SELECTION on Page 60.)
9. Brake Pressure Indicator (Red / Orange Light) (If

24 Equipped) - Red light comes ON when brake
23 pressure is too low. Orange light comes ON when
20 21 there is a braking system malfunction.
18 19
P135531
10. Travel Direction Signal Indicator (Green Light) -
The light flashes when the trailer direction indications
Figure 22
are activated.
11. NOT USED
25 12. Speed Management (Yellow Light) - (See SPEED

MANAGEMENT on Page 75.)
13. Parking Brake - Press the bottom of the switch to

26 engage or disengage the Parking Brake. (See
PARKING BRAKE on Page 65.)
14. Auto Reverse Cooling Fan Switch (White Light) (If

Equipped) - Press bottom of the switch once to clean
27 28 debris from radiator. Fan resumes normal operation
after 80 seconds.
P135526
15. NOT USED

Right Instrument And Indicator Panel [Figure 21] and
[Figure 22] 16. NOT USED
1. Rotating Beacon (Green Light) (If Equipped) - 17. NOT USED

Press the bottom of the switch to turn the rotating
beacon (if equipped) ON; press the top to turn OFF. 18. Hydraulic Quick-Tach Switch (If Equipped) - Press
and hold the top of the switch to unlock the quick-tach.
2. Rear Fog Lights (Orange Light) - Press bottom of When released, the quick-tach pins will automatically
the switch to turn rear fog lights ON; press top to turn lock at a slow speed. Press and hold the bottom of the
OFF. switch to speed up locking of the quick-tach.
3. Hazard Lights (Red Light) - Press the bottom of the 19. Smart Handling System (SHS) - Press the bottom of
switch to turn the Hazard Lights ON; press the top to the switch to reduce the boom movements; press the
turn OFF. Switch light flashes when Hazard Lights are top to turn OFF. (See Operation on Page 82.)
ON.
4. Roof Wiper / Rear Wiper (Green Light) - Press the

top of the switch to turn the roof wiper (if equipped)
ON. Press the bottom of the switch to turn the rear
wiper (if equipped) ON. Move switch to the center
position to turn both wipers OFF.

50 of 258
OPERATOR CONTROLS IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)
Right Instrument And Indicator Panel (Cont’d) WARNING

20. Rear Auxiliary Switch and Rear Hook Switch** (If
Equipped) - Press top of the switch to activate the Before you exit the operator’s position:
rear auxiliary Up valve. Press bottom of the switch to • Put the Travel Direction Control and the Joystick
activate the rear auxiliary Down valve. The switch in neutral.
controls the rear hook when it is plugged into the rear • Engage the parking brake.
auxiliary hydraulics. Move switch to centre position to • Retract and lower the boom and attachment flat
disable the functions. on the ground.
• Stop the engine.
21. Automatic Boom Suspension** - Press the bottom W-2907-0211
of the switch to enable automatic boom suspension.
Press the top to turn OFF. (See AUTOMATIC BOOM Centre Indicator Panel
SUSPENSION** on Page 74.)
Figure 23
22. Longitudinal Load Moment Indicator - (See
Longitudinal Load Moment Indicator (LLMI) on Page
50.) Indicates the successive levels of machine
longitudinal stability. (See Longitudinal Load Moment
Controller (LLMC) on Page 124.)
23. Emergency Stop - Push to immediately shut down

the engine and its fuel supply. The display screen
shows “STOP”. Pull to unlock from pressed position.
24. Key Switch (If Equipped) - Used to turn the electrical

system on and off, and to start and stop the engine. 1 2 3 4 5 6
(See Standard Key Panel on Page 91.)
S41633
25. Start Switch (Keyless) (If Equipped) - Used to turn S40661
the electrical system on and off, and to start and stop
the engine. (See Keypad Panel (If Equipped) on Page
92.) Centre Indicator Panel [Figure 23]
26. Keypad (Keys 0 through 9) (If Equipped) - Used to 1. NOT USED

enter a number code (password) to allow starting the
engine. An asterisk will show in the display screen for 2. Boom Suspension Indicator (Blue Light) (If
each key press. Equipped)** - The light comes ON when Boom
Suspension is activated. (See BOOM
27. LOCK Key (If Equipped) - Used to lock keypad. The SUSPENSION** on Page 73.) or (See AUTOMATIC
lock key will display a red light to indicate a password BOOM SUSPENSION** on Page 74.)
is required to start the telescopic handler. (See The light will flash when there is a Boom Suspension
Password Lockout Feature on Page 216.) malfunction. (See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES
on Page 203.)
28. UNLOCK Key (If Equipped) - Used to unlock
keypad. The unlock key will display a green light to 3. Front Wheel Alignment Indicator (Orange Light).
indicate the telescopic handler can be started without
a password. (See Password Lockout Feature on 4. Rear Wheel Alignment Indicator (Orange Light).
Page 216.)
5. Parking Light Indicator (Green Light).
6. Low Beam Headlights Indicator (Green Light).

51 of 258
OPERATOR CONTROLS IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) Secure Zone:
Longitudinal Load Moment Indicator (LLMI) Green indicator lights (Item 1) [Figure 24] (four
lights). The operator works in a secure zone.
The LLMI warns the operator about inadequate stability
in the longitudinal plane (forward direction). In this zone, the following machine functions are
progressively reduced in speed as the machine's
The LLMI is intended to warn for tipping over in the case longitudinal stability decreases:
of:
• Boom lowering
• Boom extend
• The machine is stationary on solid, stable and level
• Tilting of attachment
ground
• Auxiliary hydraulic functions.
• The machine is performing load picking, carrying,
loading and unloading
Warning Zone:
• The telescopic boom is not fully retracted.
 Orange indicator lights (Item 2) [Figure 24] (two
The LLMI is not intended to warn for tipping over in the lights). The longitudinal stability level gets close to the
case of: critical zone.
• A sudden overload In this zone, the following machine functions are

• Travelling with a lifted load progressively reduced in speed as the machine's
• Travelling on rough terrain or on grounds with longitudinal stability decreases:
obstacles and holes
• Boom lowering
• Travelling across a slope or turning on a slope
• Boom extend
• Turning corners too fast or too sharp.
• Tilting of attachment
Figure 24
Critical Zone:
4
3
Red indicator light (Item 3) [Figure 24] (one light).
5 The machine's longitudinal stability reaches a critical
level. A warning horn is activated along with the red
2
indicator light.
6
In this zone, the following machine functions are
1 reduced in speed or disabled:
• Boom lowering (disabled with boom angle above 5°,

reduced in speed when below 5°)
• Boom extend (disabled)
• Tilt (reduced in speed)
P126149 • Auxiliary hydraulic functions (reduced in speed)
Use the remaining active functions to bring the

The indicator lights (Items 1, 2 and 3) [Figure 24] machine back to a safe level of stability. If necessary,
sequentially illuminate as the machine’s longitudinal activate the LLMC override mode to enable a disabled
stability decreases. They identify three zones of the function such that the machine can be brought back
machine's longitudinal stability level: to a safe level of stability. (See Override Switch on
Page 124.)
NOTE: All hydraulic movements are functional if the
boom is fully retracted, regardless of the NOTE: The LLMC override mode should only be
machine's stability level. activated when necessary and is
automatically deactivated after a running
NOTE: When the longitudinal stability level reaches a period of 60 seconds.
critical level (Critical zone) with the boom not
fully retracted and the boom angle below 5°, NOTE: The warning horn cannot be deactivated.
only hazardous movements are disabled (tilt
and boom lowering are reduced in speed). It is
still possible to retract and lift the boom.

52 of 258
Longitudinal Load Moment Indicator (LLMI) (Cont’d)
Test Button:
The test button (Item 4) [Figure 24 on Page 50] has two

functions:
• Testing the correct functioning of the LLMI and the

LLMC. (See LLMC CALIBRATION TEST on Page
157.)
• Calibrating the LLMI / LLMC system. (See your
Bobcat dealer for calibration.)
The test indicator light (RED) (Item 5) [Figure 24 on

Page 50] is used for the test procedure and the LLMI /
LLMC system calibration. The light flashes when the
LLMC is in fault mode.
The control indicator light (ORANGE) (Item 6) [Figure 24

on Page 50] indicates that the machine is under control
of the LLMC. The light flashes when the LLMC override
switch is activated. (See Override Switch on Page 124.)

53 of 258
Display Panel
Figure 25
15 2 12
1
6 7 16
3 13
18
8 9 10 11
14
4 17
5
19 22
20 21
P122919
1. Direction Signal (Green Light) - The light will flash 9. FORWARD - NEUTRAL - REVERSE - F-N-R (Yellow
when a direction signal is activated or when the Light) - The light will flash when attempting to start
hazard lights are activated. the engine when the Travel Direction Control (Travel
Direction Switch and / or Lever) is not in NEUTRAL
2. General Warning (Red Light) - The light comes on position. (See Travel Direction on Page 46.)
when a general error is present. (See Service Codes*
and "MONITORING THE DISPLAY PANEL" on 10. Joystick Lockout (Red Light) - The light comes on
Page 95.) when the joystick lockout is activated. The light will
flash when there is a joystick malfunction or failure.
3. Low Speed (Yellow Light) - The light comes on when (See Service Codes*.)
low speed is activated.
11. Parking Brake And Operator Position (Red Light)
4. Engine Coolant Temperature (Red Light) - The light - The light comes on when the parking brake is
comes on if the engine coolant temperature is high. engaged. (See PARKING BRAKE on Page 65.) The
The light will flash if the engine coolant temperature is light will flash and a warning horn is activated when
extremely high. the parking brake pressure is too low OR when the
operator leaves the operator seat while the parking
5. Engine Malfunction (Red Light) - The light comes brake is not engaged.
on when there is an engine malfunction or failure.
(See Service Codes* and "MONITORING THE 12. Headlights High Beam (Blue Light) - The light
DISPLAY PANEL" on Page 95.) comes on when high beam is activated. (See Multi-
6. Engine Temperature Gauge - Shows the engine
13. NOT USED
coolant temperature.
14. Fuel Level (Red Light) - The light comes on when the
7. Display Screen - Displays information. (See Display
fuel level is low.
Screen on Page 54.)
8. Seat Belt (Red Light) - Instructs operator to fasten

seat belt. Remains lit for 45 seconds.
* See SYSTEM SETUP AND ANALYSIS for Service Code description. (See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on
Page 203.)
54 of 258
OPERATOR CONTROLS IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) *See SYSTEM SETUP AND ANALYSIS for Service Code
description. (See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on
Display Panel (Cont’d) Page 203.)
15. Hydraulic System Malfunction (Red Light) - The

light comes on when there is a hydraulic malfunction
or failure or if the hydraulic / hydrostatic fluid
temperature is high or if the hydraulic filter is plugged.
The light will flash if the hydraulic / hydrostatic fluid
IMPORTANT
temperature is extremely high. (See Service Codes*.)
AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE
16. Fuel Level Gauge - Shows the amount of fuel in the
Continuing to operate the machine when a service
tank.
code has been recorded can cause serious engine
damage. A service code will not cause the engine to
17. NOT USED
shut down automatically.
18. NOT USED If a service code is observed:
• Park the machine in a safe location.
19. Work Lights (Without Blue Work Lights Option) - • Stop the engine immediately.
Press once to turn front and rear work lights ON (left • Maintain or repair the machine as required.
green LED will be on). Press a second time to turn I-2353-0112
work lights OFF (left green LED will be off).

Work Lights (With Blue Work Lights Option) - Press
once to turn blue work lights ON (right green LED will
be on). Press a second time (within 3 seconds of
activating the blue work lights) to turn blue work lights
OFF and to turn front and rear work lights ON (right
green LED will be off and left green LED will be on).
Press a second time (after more than 3 seconds of
activating the blue lights) to turn blue work lights OFF
(right green LED will be off) and skip the work lights.
Press a third time to turn work lights OFF (left green
LED will be off).
NOTE: (Blue) Work Lights can only be activated

when parking lights are ON. (See Multi-
20. Hydraulic Control Lockout - Press once to

deactivate all hydraulic functions of the boom. Press
a second time to enable the hydraulic functions. Use
to deactivate all functions of the Hydraulic Control
Lever (Joystick) when travelling on a road.
21. Continuous Flow Auxiliary Hydraulics - For

continuous operation of the auxiliary hydraulics, press
this button once to activate the continuous flow
auxiliary hydraulics system (left green LED will light)
and then press the joystick front button (Item 9)
[Figure 74 on Page 78]. Press a second time to
deactivate the system.

Auxiliary Hydraulics At Startup - For auxiliary
hydraulics at startup, press this button for three
seconds to show the auxiliary hydraulics default mode
at startup. (See Auxiliary Hydraulics At Startup on
Page 79.)
22. Information - Press to cycle through the display

screen menus. (See Display Screen on Page 54.)

55 of 258
OPERATOR CONTROLS IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) • Machine Speed - Shows the machine speed (km/h or
mph) as soon the engine is started (only for high
Display Screen speed machines equipped with a travel speed
sensor) (Item 4) [Figure 26].
Figure 26
• Engine Speed - Shows the actual engine revolutions
per minute (rpm). When this menu is activated, the
3
rpm icon (Item 5) [Figure 26] will light.
1 • Job Hours - Shows the total time the engine ran

during the job (hours). When this menu is activated,
the hourglass icon (Item 3) [Figure 26] will light.
4
Press the information button (Item 1) [Figure 27] for
3 seconds to reset the job hours.
• Maintenance Clock - Shows when the next service

interval is due (if enabled). When this menu is
activated, the hourglass icon (Item 3) [Figure 26] and
Service icon (Item 4) [Figure 28] will light. (See
2 5
MAINTENANCE CLOCK on Page 217.)
EM8031
• Boom Angle - Shows the inclination angle of the
telescopic boom (degrees). When this menu is
Figure 27 activated, the degree symbol (°) will be displayed on
the right side of the display screen.
• Speed Management (Creep) - Shows the Speed

Management value (%). When this menu is activated,
‘C’ followed by the Speed Management value will be
displayed on the left side of the display screen if the
Speed Management is enabled, ‘C OFF’ if the Speed
Management is disabled. (See SPEED
MANAGEMENT on Page 75.)
• Smart Handling System (Reduced Mode) - Shows

the boom reduction value (%). When this menu is
1 activated, ‘B’ followed by the boom reduction value
will be displayed on the left side of the display screen.
P122916 (See SMART HANDLING SYSTEM (SHS) on Page
82.)
The display screen [Figure 26] is located on the display
• Auxiliary Hydraulics - Shows which percentage (%)
panel. (See Display Panel on Page 52.)
of the auxiliary hydraulics flow is available. When this
menu is activated, ‘A’ followed by the maximum
The following icons are always displayed:
available percentage will be displayed on the left side
of the display screen. (See Changing The Maximum
• The displayed numbers (Item 1) [Figure 26] are not
Auxiliary Flow on Page 79.)
used.
• Auto Reverse Cooling Fan (If Equipped) - Shows
• FORWARD - NEUTRAL - REVERSE (F-N-R) - The
the reverse cooling fan interval (minutes). When this
displayed character (Item 2) [Figure 26] indicates the
menu is activated, ‘I’ followed by the reverse cooling
selected travel mode. (See Travel Direction on Page
fan interval will be displayed on the left side of the
46.)
display screen. (See AUTO REVERSE COOLING
FAN on Page 81.)
The display screen can display the following information:
Use the information button (Item 1) [Figure 27] to cycle
• Engine Hours - Shows total time the engine ever ran
through the different information.
(hours). When this menu is activated, the hourglass
icon (Item 3) [Figure 26] will light. The Engine Hours
menu will show by default upon startup.

56 of 258
OPERATOR CONTROLS IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) • Battery / Charging Voltage - Shows the battery
voltage. To activate this menu, press the work lights
Display Screen (Cont’d) button (Item 1) [Figure 29] for three seconds while in
the engine hours menu. When the battery voltage
Figure 28 menu is activated, the battery voltage icon (Item 3)
[Figure 28] will light. Press the information button
(Item 2) [Figure 29] once to return to the engine hour
menu. In combination with general warning icon (see
Item 2 "Display Panel" on Page 52) it shows a battery
voltage error.
• Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Shows hydraulic oil

temperature. To activate this menu, press the work
lights button (Item 1) for three seconds while in the
boom angle menu. Press the information button
(Item 2) [Figure 29] once to return to the boom angle
menu.
• Service Codes - Shows the active Service Codes.

1 2 3 4
(See Viewing Service Codes on Page 203.) When this
EM8031 menu is activated, the Service icon (Item 4)
[Figure 28] will light.
Figure 29
Temperature Control Panel
Figure 30
2
1
P122916
2 3 1
The following information can be displayed on the display
screen [Figure 28]: P118581
• Engine Preheat Countdown - Shows the engine

preheat countdown. This menu is displayed Right Rear Console [Figure 30]
automatically during the preheating of the engine
(See STARTING THE ENGINE on Page 91.) When 1. Fan Switch - Turn switch clockwise to increase fan
this menu is activated, the engine preheat icon speed. “O” - Off, “I” - Low, “II” - Medium, “III” - Fast
(Item 1) [Figure 28] will light.
2. Temperature Control - Turn clockwise to increase
• Steering Mode Change Management - Shows the cab temperature; anticlockwise to decrease.
active steering mode change management. (See
Steering Mode Management on Page 61.) When this 3. Air Conditioning Switch (If Equipped) - Press the
menu is activated, the rpm icon (Item 2) [Figure 28] top of the switch to turn the Air Conditioning ON -
will light. Press the bottom of the switch to turn the Air
Conditioning OFF.

57 of 258
OPERATOR CONTROLS IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) Accelerator Pedal
Auxiliary Power Outlet Figure 32
Figure 31
1
2
P126151
S41929
The accelerator pedal (Item 1) [Figure 32] is at the right
side of the steering console.
The Auxiliary Power Outlet (Item 1) [Figure 31] is a
12 volt receptacle for accessories. Press the accelerator pedal down to increase engine
speed. Release foot pressure to decrease engine speed.
Brake Pedal And Inching Control
The brake pedal (Item 2) [Figure 32] is at the left of the

accelerator pedal.
Press the brake a small amount to decrease travel speed

and control inching (gradual travel of the machine). Press
down to stop travel of the machine.
NOTE: Approximately the first half of the total brake

pedal travel is for INCHING CONTROL.

58 of 258
OPERATOR CAB Cab Door
Description Figure 33
The Bobcat telescopic handler has an operator cab

(ROPS / FOPS) as standard equipment to protect the
operator. The seat belt must be worn for ROPS / FOPS 1
protection.
Check the ROPS / FOPS cab, mounting, and hardware

for damage. Never modify the ROPS / FOPS cab.
2
Replace the cab and hardware if damaged. See your
Bobcat dealer for parts.
ROPS / FOPS - Roll-over Protective Structure per ISO

3471, Falling-Object Protective Structure per ISO 3449
(FOPS Level II) and OECD code 4, code 9 and code 10.
P119153
Operator cab category 1 per EN 15695-1:2009.
The operator cab does not provide protection against Figure 34

hazardous substances. Do not use this machine under
conditions requiring protection against hazardous
substances.
WARNING
1
Never modify operator cab by welding, grinding,
drilling holes or adding attachments unless
instructed to do so by Bobcat Company. Do not
operate without right window. Changes to the cab
can cause loss of operator protection from rollover
and falling objects, and result in serious injury or P119154
death.
W-2906-0211
The cab door can be opened from the outside of the cab
using the latch (Item 1) [Figure 33] and opened from the
inside of the cab when you pull the lever (Item 1)
[Figure 34] back (as shown).
The cab door can be locked (Item 2) [Figure 33] with the
same key as the starter switch.

59 of 258
OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D) Figure 37
Cab Door Window
Figure 35
P119155
Turn the handle (Item 1) [Figure 37] back into the

P119155 original position (as shown) to lock the window.
Turn the handle (Item 1) [Figure 35] (as shown) to unlock

the window. Push the window fully open until it latches
against the cab.
Figure 36
P118578
Push the knob (Item 1) [Figure 36] inside the cab to

disengage the latch and close the window.

60 of 258
OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D) Cab Light
Rear Cab Window Figure 40
Figure 38
S41640
P118579
The cab light [Figure 40] is located above the operator’s
left shoulder.
Turn the handle (Item 1) [Figure 38] (as shown) to unlock
the rear window. Move the switch (Item 1) [Figure 40] to the left or the
right to turn the light ON. Move the switch to the centre
Push the rear window open until in fully open position. position to turn the light OFF.
Pull the window down to close it.
Figure 39
P118579
Turn the handle (Item 1) [Figure 39] back into the

original position (as shown) to lock the window.

61 of 258
STEERING MODE SELECTION
Aligning Modes
To switch between the different steering modes (See

HANDLER on Page 67.) the operator has a choice
between two aligning modes:
• In manual aligning mode, the operator has to make

sure the front and rear wheels are straightened before
selecting the desired steering mode.
• In semi-automatic aligning mode (if equipped), the

operator first has to choose the desired steering mode
and will then receive instructions on which wheels
need to be aligned. Once the wheel alignment
instruction(s) (indicated by the flashing of the Front or
Rear Wheel Straight indicator light) are followed, the
chosen steering mode will be automatically activated.
NOTE: It is recommended to perform the semi-

automatic alignment procedure on a daily
basis.

62 of 258
STEERING MODE SELECTION (CONT’D) Figure 43
Steering Mode Management
Figure 41
3
2
EM8035
4 1
Press the work lights button (Item 4) [Figure 41] once to
P122914 switch to the manual aligning mode. [MANU] [Figure 43]
will appear on the display screen. Pressing the work
lights button again will switch back the aligning mode to
Press the information button (Item 1) to cycle the display semi-automatic.
screen (Item 2) until the engine speed menu (Item 3)
[Figure 41] is displayed. (See Display Screen on Page Figure 44
54.)
Press the work lights button (Item 4) [Figure 41] for

3 seconds until the aligning mode appears on the display
screen.
Figure 42
EM8037
Press the work lights button (Item 4) [Figure 41] for 3

seconds until [STORE] [Figure 44] appears on the
display screen. The selected aligning mode has been
saved now and will become active.
EM8036
Press the information button (Item 1) [Figure 41] once to
return to the engine hour menu.
The semi-automatic aligning mode is the default setting.
[AUTO] [Figure 42] appears on the display screen.
NOTE: For machines not equipped with the semi-

automatic aligning mode, the manual aligning
mode [Figure 43] will be the default setting.

63 of 258
STEERING MODE SELECTION (CONT’D) 4-Wheel Steering (Top Switch Position)
Semi-Automatic Aligning Mode Procedure The front wheels will turn the direction that the steering
wheel is turned. The rear wheels turn the opposite
Figure 45 direction. Indicator light (Item 1) [Figure 45] will be ON.
Use in most working conditions. (See 4-Wheel Steering
1 2
Mode on Page 67.)
Perform the following procedure to activate the 4-wheel

steering mode:
Press top of the switch (Item 2) [Figure 45]. If the front

and rear wheels are straight ahead, the 4-wheel steering
mode will be activated.
3 4
If the front and / or rear wheels are not straight ahead,
the semi-automatic aligning procedure will start:
1. If the rear wheels are not straight ahead, the Rear

P133096 Wheels Straight indicator light (Item 1) [Figure 46]
will flash. Turn the steering wheel until the light stays
ON. The rear wheels are straight ahead now.
Figure 46
2. If the front wheels are straight ahead, the 4-wheel
steering mode is active now.
3. If the front wheels are not straight ahead, the Front

Wheels Straight indicator light (Item 2) [Figure 46]
ON. The front wheels are straight ahead now.
4. The 4-wheel steering mode is active now.
2 1
S41633
S40661

64 of 258
STEERING MODE SELECTION (CONT’D) Crab Steering (Bottom Switch Position)
Semi-Automatic Aligning Mode Procedure (Cont’d) Front and rear wheels turn the same direction that the
steering wheel is turned. The machine moves diagonally
2-Wheel Steering (Centre Switch Position) in the direction the steering wheel is turned. Indicator
light (Item 3) [Figure 45] will be ON. Use in confined
The front wheels will turn the direction that the steering areas to move away from buildings or to reposition the
wheel is turned. The rear wheels remain straight ahead. machine. (See Crab Steering Mode on Page 71.)
Use when travelling on roads at higher speeds. (No
indicator light is on when in 2-wheel steering mode.) (See Perform the following procedure to activate the crab
2-Wheel Steering Mode on Page 69.) steering mode:
Perform the following procedure to activate the 2-wheel Press the bottom of the switch (Item 4) [Figure 45]. If the
steering mode: front and rear wheels align straight ahead, the crab
steering mode will be activated.
Move the switch (Item 2) [Figure 45] to the centre
position. If the rear wheels align straight ahead, the 2- If the front and / or rear wheels do not align straight
wheel steering mode will be activated. ahead, the semi-automatic aligning procedure will start:
If the rear wheels do not align straight ahead, the semi- 1. If the rear wheels are not straight ahead, the Rear
automatic aligning procedure will start: Wheels Straight indicator light (Item 1) [Figure 46]
1. The Rear Wheels Straight indicator light (Item 1) ON. The rear wheels align straight ahead now.
[Figure 46] will flash. Turn the steering wheel until the
light stays ON. The rear wheels align straight ahead 2. If the front wheels align straight ahead, the crab
now. steering mode is active now.
2. The 2-wheel steering mode is activated now. 3. If the front wheels do not align straight ahead, the
Front Wheels Straight indicator light (Item 2)
[Figure 46] will flash. Turn the steering wheel until the
light stays ON. The front wheels align straight ahead
now.
4. The crab steering mode is activated now.

65 of 258
STEERING MODE SELECTION (CONT’D) Figure 48
Manual Aligning Mode Procedure 1 2
Before changing the steering mode, all four wheels must

be straight ahead.
Figure 47
3 4
P133096
4-Wheel Steering (Top Switch Position)

1 2 Press the top of the switch (Item 2). The front
wheels will turn the direction that the
steering wheel is turned. The rear wheels
S41633 turn the opposite direction. Indicator light
S40661 (Item 1) [Figure 46] will be ON. Use in most
working conditions. (See 4-Wheel Steering
Front Wheels Straight indicator light (Item 1) and Rear Mode on Page 67.)
Wheels Straight indicator light (Item 2) [Figure 47] must 2-Wheel (Front) Steering (Centre Switch Position)
be ON. Move the switch (Item 2) [Figure 46] to the
centre position. The front wheels will turn the
Turn the steering wheel until both lights are ON. direction that the steering wheel is turned.
The rear wheels remain straight ahead. Use
NOTE: If the wheels do not align straight ahead, use when travelling on roads at higher speeds.
the following procedure: (No indicator light is on when in 2-wheel
steering mode.) (See 2-Wheel Steering
1. Put the Steering Mode Switch in 4-Wheel Mode on Page 69.)
Steering and turn the steering wheel until the
rear wheels align straight ahead. Crab Steering (Bottom Switch Position)
Press the bottom of the switch (Item 4). Front
2. Put the Steering Mode Switch in 2-Wheel and rear wheels turn the same direction that
Steering and turn the steering wheel until the the steering wheel is turned. The machine
front wheels align straight ahead. moves diagonally in the direction the
steering wheel is turned. Indicator light (Item
Now you can select the desired steering mode 3) [Figure 46] will be ON. Use in confined
and the machine will steer correctly. areas to move away from buildings or to
reposition the machine. (See Crab Steering
Mode on Page 71.)

66 of 258
PARKING BRAKE EMERGENCY EXIT
Operation Rear Window
Parking Brake Switch Open the rear window. (See Rear Cab Window on Page
59.)
Figure 49
Figure 50
P126149
P118579
NOTE: In case of failure of the service brake, the
parking brake can be used as emergency
Turn the handle (Item 1) [Figure 50] clockwise (as
brake.
shown) and push the rear window fully open.
Parking Brake Activation:
Figure 51
Press the bottom of the parking brake switch (Item 1)
[Figure 49] to engage the parking brake. The light will
turn on.
The parking brake will engage automatically when:
• the engine is OFF;

• the engine is ON with engine rpm at low idle AND the
travel direction control is in NEUTRAL.
Parking Brake Deactivation:
Press the bottom of the parking brake switch (Item 1)

[Figure 49] to release the parking brake. The light will
P120412
turn off.
The parking brake will release automatically when: Exit through the rear window opening [Figure 51].
• the engine is ON with the engine rpm higher than low

idle AND the travel direction control is out of
NEUTRAL

67 of 258
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM Operation
Description
Figure 52 WARNING
• Always keep bystanders away from the work area
and travel path.
• The operator must maintain a clear view of the
1 direction of travel and look before and during
machine movement.
• The back-up alarm must sound when operating
the machine in the reverse direction.
W-2783-0118
2
The back-up alarm will sound when the operator
prepares the telescopic handler for reverse travel. (See
P119156 Travel Direction on Page 46.)
If alarm does not sound, see inspection and maintenance

The back-up alarm (Item 1) is located at the rear of the instructions for the back-up alarm system in the
machine and can be accessed through an opening (Item preventive maintenance section of this manual. (See
2) [Figure 52] in the frame. BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM on Page 160.)
A back-up alarm is not a substitute for looking to the

rear when operating the telescopic handler in
reverse, or for keeping bystanders away from the
work area. Operators must always look in the direction
of travel, including reverse, and must also keep
bystanders away from the work area, even though the
telescopic handler is equipped with a back-up alarm.
Operators must be trained to always look in the direction

of travel, including when operating the telescopic
handler in reverse and to keep bystanders away from
the work area. Other workers should be trained to always
keep away from the operator’s work area and travel path.

68 of 258
HANDLER
4-Wheel Steering Mode
WARNING
When operating the machine, operate only from the
operator’s seat with the seat belt securely fastened.
W-2811-EN-0614
4-wheel steer allows the machine to turn in a smaller

circle. In 4-wheel steer, the rear wheels follow the same
path as the front wheels.
Figure 53
2 1
P133096
NOTE: Make sure all four wheels are straight ahead

before changing steering mode. See Steering
Mode Selection for wheel alignment
procedure if front or rear wheels are not
aligned. (See STEERING MODE SELECTION
on Page 60.)
Press the top of the switch (Item 1) [Figure 53] to enable

4-wheel steering.
The 4-wheel steering icon (Item 2) [Figure 53] will be

illuminated.
WARNING
ACCIDENTAL TELESCOPIC HANDLER MOVEMENT
CAN CAUSE INJURY OR DEATH
• The direction the Telescopic Handler turns when
moving backward is different in each steering
mode.
• Know and understand the selected steering
mode before operating.
W-2812-EN-1109

69 of 258
DRIVING AND STEERING THE TELESCOPIC Move the steering wheel smoothly. Avoid sudden starting
HANDLER (CONT’D) and stopping.
4-Wheel Steering Mode (Cont’d) Forward Travel - Prepare the telescopic handler for
forward travel. (See Travel Direction on Page 46.)
Figure 54
Left Turn Forward / Right Turn Forward - Slowly press the
Accelerator Pedal (Item 1) and turn the steering wheel
(Item 2) [Figure 54] to the right or left. Look in the
R direction of travel.
L
Reverse Travel - Prepare the telescopic handler for
reverse travel. (See Travel Direction on Page 46.)
Left Turn Backward / Right Turn Backward - Slowly press

2
the Accelerator Pedal (Item 1) and turn the steering
wheel (Item 2) [Figure 54] to the right or left. Look in the
3
1 direction of travel.
Press the accelerator pedal down to increase engine

P135523
Press the brake pedal (Item 3) [Figure 54] a small

Figure 55
amount to decrease travel speed and control inching
(gradual travel of the machine). (See Brake Pedal And
Inching Control on Page 56.)
R
L
Stopping The Telescopic Handler (4-Wheel Steering
Mode)
When the accelerator pedal is released, the hydrostatic

transmission will slow the machine to a stop. To decrease
stopping distance, press down the brake pedal (Item 3)
[Figure 54]. The further the brake pedal is pressed, the
faster the machine will slow to a stop.
NA1928

70 of 258
HANDLER (CONT’D)
2-Wheel Steering Mode

WARNING
WARNING • The direction the Telescopic Handler turns when
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH mode.
When operating the machine, operate only from the • Know and understand the selected steering
operator’s seat with the seat belt securely fastened. mode before operating.
W-2812-EN-1109
W-2811-EN-0614
Only the front wheels turn when in 2-wheel steering

mode. Use 2-wheel steering when operating on public
roads.
Figure 56
P133096

on Page 60.)
Press the switch (Item 1) [Figure 56] to the centre

position to enable 2-wheel steering.
The icons (Item 2) [Figure 56] will NOT be illuminated

when in 2-wheel steering mode.

71 of 258
2-Wheel Steering Mode (Cont’d) Forward Travel - Prepare the telescopic handler for
Figure 57
L

2
3

P135523

Figure 58
R
L
Stopping The Telescopic Handler (2-Wheel Steering
Mode)

NA1926

72 of 258
DRIVING AND STEERING THE TELESCOPIC Figure 59
HANDLER (CONT’D)
Crab Steering Mode
WARNING
When operating the machine, operate only from the
2 1
operator’s seat with the seat belt securely fastened.
W-2811-EN-0614
Crab steering mode allows both the front and rear wheels
to turn the same direction that the steering wheel is P133096
turned. The machine moves diagonally in the direction
the steering wheel is turned. Use in confined areas to
move away from buildings or to reposition the machine.
on Page 60.)
Press the bottom of the switch (Item 1) [Figure 59] to

enable crab steering.
The crab steering icon (Item 2) [Figure 59] will be

illuminated.
WARNING
• The direction the Telescopic Handler turns when
mode.
• Know and understand the selected steering
mode before operating.
W-2812-EN-1109

73 of 258
Crab Steering Mode (Cont’d) Forward Travel - Prepare the telescopic handler for
Figure 60
L

2
3

P135523

Figure 61
R
L
Stopping The Telescopic Handler (Crab Steering
Mode)

NA1930

74 of 258
BOOM SUSPENSION** Figure 63
Description
Telescopic handlers with requirements in the table below

can be equipped with manual boom suspension.
S/N SPEED OPTION

xxxx14000 & 20 km/h
Above 25 km/h
30 km/h
1
This option dampens boom movements while travelling
on the road to increase operator comfort.
S41633
S40661
Operation
Boom Suspension Activation: Once activated, the Boom Suspension indicator light
(Item 1) [Figure 63] will be ON.
Enter the telescopic handler and perform the PRE-
STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING NOTE: Adding or removing a load on the attachment
PROCEDURE on Page 86.) Start the engine. (See with boom suspension function activated can
STARTING THE ENGINE on Page 91.). cause small boom movement. This is normal
behavior of a suspension system. Lower and
Figure 62 retract the boom to reduce boom movement.
NOTE: The boom suspension function is subject to

specific angle operating conditions. Outside
of these operating conditions the boom
movements are not dampened. (boom
suspension indicator light remains ON as
suspension mode remains active.)
Drive the telescopic handler.
1 When operating on a public road or motorway, always

follow local regulations.
Boom Suspension Deactivation:

P135522
Press the lower button (Item 1) [Figure 62] on the
joystick (the Boom Suspension indicator light (Item 1)
Press the lower button (Item 1) [Figure 62] on the [Figure 63] will be OFF).
joystick while pulling the joystick until the boom starts
raising. OR
Stop the engine.

75 of 258
AUTOMATIC BOOM SUSPENSION** Figure 65
Description
Telescopic handlers with S/N xxxx15001 & above and

speed option 40 km/h can be equipped with automatic
boom suspension.
This option dampens boom movements while travelling

on the road to increase operator comfort.
The automatic boom suspension will automatically

deactivate when travelling at low speed (less than 5 km/h 1
[3.1 mph]) to allow accurate boom hydraulic movements.
Boom suspension can only be activated after lifting up S41633

S40661
the boom for 2° or more.
Operation When suspension is active, the Boom Suspension

indicator light (Item 1) [Figure 65] will be ON.
Boom Suspension Activation:
If the Boom Suspension indicator light (Item 1) flashes,
Enter the telescopic handler and perform the PRE- lift the boom to activate suspension. If this indicator still
STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING flashes, there is a Boom Suspension malfunction. (See
PROCEDURE on Page 86.) Start the engine. (See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on Page 203.)
STARTING THE ENGINE on Page 91.). Lower and
retract the boom. NOTE: Adding or removing a load on the attachment
with boom suspension function activated can
Figure 64 cause small boom movement. This is normal
behavior of a suspension system.
NOTE: The boom suspension function is subject to

specific angle and machine speed operating
conditions. Outside of these operating
conditions the boom movements are not
dampened (boom suspension indicator light
is turned OFF outside operating conditions).
When operating on a public road or motorway, always

follow local regulations.
Boom Suspension Deactivation:

1
P135534 Press the top of the Automatic Boom Suspension switch
(Item 1) [Figure 64] to turn OFF. The light on the switch
will turn OFF.
Press the bottom of the Automatic Boom Suspension
switch (Item 1) [Figure 64] to enable automatic boom
suspension. The light on the switch will turn ON.
Drive the telescopic handler.

76 of 258
SPEED MANAGEMENT Figure 67
Operation
The Speed Management feature allows the telescopic

1
handler to be maneuvered at a slower travel speed, even
during maximum engine rpm.
This feature can be useful for attachments requiring

hydraulic flow, not for loading, digging, etc.
Examples:
• Angle Broom: Allows the auxiliary hydraulic flow to the

attachment and machine forward travel speed to be
independently controlled. P125410
Figure 66
When Speed Management is activated, the machine will
travel at the factory default setting of 50% of Standard
Travel Speed and the percentage [C 50] will appear on
the display screen (Item 1) [Figure 67].
NOTE: The factory default setting can be changed by

the operator. (See Changing The Factory
Default Setting on Page 77.)
1
P133096
Press the bottom of the switch (Item 1) [Figure 66] on

the Right Instrument Panel once to activate Speed
Management. The light on the switch will turn ON.

77 of 258
SPEED MANAGEMENT (CONT’D) Figure 69
Operation (Cont’d)
Figure 68
1
3
1
P133096
2
Press button (Item 1) [Figure 69] again to deactivate
P135522 Speed Management. The light of the switch will turn OFF.
The system will retain the speed percentage as long as

While Speed Management is activated, press the right the telescopic handler remains ON.
button (Item 1) on the joystick (Item 2) to increase the
speed up to 100% [C 100] or the left button (Item 3) EXAMPLE: You can be using the machine at 40%
[Figure 68] to decrease the speed down to 0% [C OFF]. and then deactivate Speed Management to
The percentages will appear on the display screen. reposition the telescopic handler, then re-activate
Speed Management. The speed percentage will
still be at 40%.
EXAMPLE: Turning the engine OFF will return the

Speed Management setting to default. The next
time you start the engine and activate Speed
Management, the speed will be at 50% (factory
default setting) or the last default setting saved by
the operator. (See Changing The Factory Default
Setting on Page 77.)

78 of 258
SPEED MANAGEMENT (CONT’D) Figure 72
Changing The Factory Default Setting
The Speed Management factory default setting can be

changed by the operator to save adjustment time.
EXAMPLE: Your machine is often used for

sweeping and you prefer a Speed Management
setting of 30% of Standard Travel Speed for that
application. The Speed Management default
setting can be changed to 30% of Standard Travel
Speed instead of the factory default setting of
50%. Each time you start the machine and first
select Speed Management, the machine will
default to 30% of Standard Travel Speed. NA9594
Engage Speed Management. (See Operation on Page

75.) The alarm will beep once, the display screen will show
[SET] [Figure 72] and the Speed Management will
Figure 70 remain active.
1 Pressing the button (Item 1) [Figure 71] or turning the

2 machine off will disengage Speed Management and
return the telescopic handler to Standard Travel Speed.
When Speed Management is first selected each time the

machine is started, the percentage you selected will be
the default setting. Speed Management can still be
adjusted from 0% to 100% of Standard Travel Speed.
The default setting can be changed any time the operator

chooses.
3
P135522
Adjust the speed percentage higher (Item 1) or lower

(Item 2) by pressing the buttons on the joystick (Item 3)
[Figure 70] until the desired default setting is displayed.
Figure 71
1
P133096
Press and hold the button (Item 1) [Figure 71] to save

the default setting.

79 of 258
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS 9. Continuous Flow Auxiliary Hydraulics - After
activating the auxiliary hydraulics, press the
Hydraulic Control Lever (Joystick) Continuous Flow Control switch (Item 9) [Figure 74]
to allow constant auxiliary hydraulic fluid flow to the
Figure 73 front female coupler (female coupler is pressurized).
(Example: Operate a broom.) To stop continuous
1 auxiliary fluid flow, press the Continuous Flow Control
7 switch (Item 9) a second time.
5
10. Boom Suspension** (if equipped) - For dampening
4 unwanted boom movements while travelling on the
road. (See BOOM SUSPENSION** on Page 73.) 
3 
OR
8 
6
Boom Float Button** used in combination with lower
boom movement (Item 1) [Figure 73] to engage the
float control function (If Equipped) (See Levelling The
2 Ground Using Float (If Equipped) on Page 132.)
P135522
The above joystick functions (Items 1 thru 8) are
proportional; The farther you move the control, the faster
Figure 74 the hydraulic function operate. Joystick functions (Item 7
and 8) are also used to operate the hydraulic locking
device for attachments. (See ATTACHMENTS on Page
97.)
Front Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (Reverse

Continuous Flow)
10 To allow constant auxiliary hydraulic oil flow to the front

male coupler (male coupler is pressurized):
9 1. Activate the auxiliary hydraulics.
2. Move the Front Auxiliary Hydraulic switch down

(Item 8) [Figure 73] and hold it there.
P126176
3. Press the Continuous Flow Control switch (Item 9)

[Figure 73].
The joystick controls the movement of the boom and
attachment [Figure 73] and [Figure 74].
4. Release the Front Auxiliary Hydraulics switch (Item 8)
[Figure 73].
1. Lower Boom
NOTE: Reverse flow can cause damage to some
2. Raise Boom
attachments. Use reverse flow with your
attachment only if approved. See your
3. Tilt Attachment Backward
attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual
for detailed information.
4. Tilt Attachment Forward
5. Extend Telescopic Boom To stop reverse continuous auxiliary hydraulic oil flow,
press the Continuous Flow Control switch (Item 9)
6. Retract Telescopic Boom [Figure 74] a second time.
7. Controls the function of the Front Auxiliary Hydraulics

(Example: close grapple teeth).
8. Controls the function of the Front Auxiliary Hydraulics

(Example: open grapple teeth).

80 of 258
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D) Auxiliary Hydraulics At Startup
Changing The Maximum Auxiliary Flow The operator can choose whether the Auxiliary
Hydraulics are enabled or disabled at startup.
The maximum available auxiliary flow setting can be
adjusted by the operator to improve control of the Select the Auxiliary Hydraulics menu on the display
auxiliary hydraulics. screen. (See Display Screen on Page 54.)
Select the Auxiliary Hydraulics menu on the display Figure 77

screen. (See Display Screen on Page 54.)
Figure 75
2
1
P126293
Press the Aux button (Item 1) for three seconds to show

NA13052
the Auxiliary Hydraulics default mode at startup (Item 2)
[Figure 77].
Figure 76
Press the Aux button (Item 1) [Figure 77] again to toggle
1 between [ON] and [OFF].
2
Figure 78
P135522
Adjust the maximum available percentage higher (Item 1)

or lower (Item 2) [Figure 76] by pressing the buttons on
EM8037
the joystick until the desired setting is displayed
[Figure 75].
Press the Aux button (Item 1) [Figure 77] for 3 seconds
until [STORE] [Figure 78] appears on the display
screen. The selected Auxiliary Hydraulics default mode
has been saved now.

81 of 258
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)
Quick Couplers Auxiliary Hydraulic Release
WARNING WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH AVOID BURNS
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can Hydraulic fluid, tubes, fittings and quick couplers
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or can get hot when running machine and attachments.
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. Be careful when connecting and disconnecting quick
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do couplers.
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid W-2220-0396
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a doctor familiar with this injury.
W-2072-EN-0909
Figure 79
WARNING
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
1 death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
W-2072-EN-0909
When Connecting: Push the quick couplers tightly

together and hold for five seconds; the pressure is
automatically relieved as the couplers are installed.
P119159
When Disconnecting: Push the quick couplers tightly
together and hold for five seconds; then retract the sleeve
To Connect: Remove dirt or debris from the surface of until the couplers disconnect.
both the male and female couplers, and from the outside
diameter of the male coupler. Visually check the couplers
for corroding, cracking, damage or excessive wear. If any
of these conditions exist, the coupler(s) [Figure 79] must
be replaced.
Install the male couplers into the female couplers. Full

connection is made when the ball release sleeve slides
forward on the female coupler. Some attachments may
have a case drain that needs to be connected to the
small quick coupler (Item 1) [Figure 79].
To Disconnect: Hold the male coupler. Retract the sleeve

on the female coupler until the couplers disconnect.

82 of 258
ATTACHMENT CONTROL CONNECTOR AUTO REVERSE COOLING FAN
This machine may be equipped with an electric line on This machine may be equipped with an Auto Reverse
the boom. Cooling Fan.
Figure 80 Select the Auto Reverse Cooling Fan menu on the

display screen. (See Display Screen on Page 54.)
Figure 82
1 1
P119159
Connect the attachment’s electrical harness to the 7-pin P126011

connector (Item 1) [Figure 80].
Figure 81 The default value of the Auto Reverse Cooling Fan menu
is [I OFF] (disabled) (Item 1) [Figure 82].
1 Figure 83
2 1
2
P126145
Additional switches (Items 1 and 2) [Figure 81] on the P135522

right console (behind the joystick) are used to control
some attachment functions through the electrical
connector on the boom. Adjust the reverse cooling fan interval higher (Item 1) or
lower (Item 2) [Figure 83] by pressing the buttons on the
See the appropriate attachment Operation & joystick until the desired setting is displayed. The reverse
Maintenance Manual for control details. cooling fan interval shows as [I XX M] on the display
screen. The auto reverse cooling fan interval times are
30, 45, 60 and 90 minutes.
NOTE: The setting is automatically saved in memory

every time the machine is turned off.
NOTE: The manual reverse cooling fan can be

launched by pressing the Reverse Cooling
Fan switch regardless of the auto reverse
cooling fan status. (See Right Instrument And
Indicator Panel on Page 48.)

83 of 258
SMART HANDLING SYSTEM (SHS) Figure 85
The maximum speed of the boom movements can be 1

adjusted by the operator to improve control of the boom 2
functions.
Select the Smart Handling System (Boom Reduction)

menu on the display screen (See Display Screen on
Page 54.) or turn ON the Smart Handling System switch
(See Operation on Page 82.).
Operation
Figure 84
P135522
Adjust the maximum available percentage higher (Item 1)

or lower (Item 2) [Figure 85] by pressing the buttons on
the joystick until the desired setting is displayed.
NOTE: Adjusting the percentage is possible in 5%

steps.
NOTE: The setting is automatically saved in memory

every time the machine is turned off.
1
P135534 Press the top of the Smart Handling System switch (Item
1) to turn OFF [Figure 84].
Press the bottom of the Smart Handling System switch NOTE: When the switch is in the OFF position the
(Item 1) [Figure 84] to turn ON. software will allow the maximum speed of
every boom movement.
NOTE: The software will use the last saved settings
selected by the operator to adjust the
maximum hydraulic fluid on the boom
movements.
NOTE: The switch activation has no effect until the

joystick goes back to NEUTRAL (for every
three boom movements).

84 of 258
DUAL FNR
Operation
The machine can be equipped with a joystick with Travel

Direction Switch and a Travel Direction Lever at the same
time. The operator can choose between the Travel
Direction Switch on the joystick and the Travel Direction
Lever.
Engine Cranking Condition
Both the Travel Direction Lever and the Travel Direction

Switch on the joystick have to be in NEUTRAL to allow
engine cranking.
Travel Direction Control
When the engine is running, the first command that goes

out of NEUTRAL becomes the active control (FORWARD
or REVERSE).
Change Of FNR Control
Figure 86
P122918
Both the Travel Direction Lever and the Travel Direction

Switch on the joystick have to be in NEUTRAL to allow
switching controls.
NOTE: When both FNR controls are out of NEUTRAL

the FNR icon (Item 1) [Figure 86] will flash on
the Display Controller and three short beeps
will sound in the cab.
NOTE: When the machine is stopped with both FNR

controls out of NEUTRAL, the display screen
will show [2 FNR] [Figure 86] and the
transmission will be forced to NEUTRAL.
NOTE: The transmission will remain disabled until

both the Travel Direction Switch and the
Travel Direction Lever are set to NEUTRAL.

85 of 258
DAILY INSPECTION • Back-up Alarm - Check function, replace as
necessary.
Daily Inspection And Maintenance
• Gauges and Horn - Check function, replace as
Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals. necessary.
Failure to do so will result in excessive wear and early
failures. The Service Schedule is a guide for correct • Engine Cooling System - Check system for damage
maintenance of the Bobcat telescopic handler. (See or leaks.
SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 153.)
NOTE: Fluids such as engine oil, hydraulic fluid,
coolant, etc. must be disposed of in an
environmentally safe manner. Some
WARNING regulations require that certain spills and
leaks on the ground must be cleaned in a
specific manner. See local regulations for
Operator must have instructions before operating the
correct disposal.
machine. Untrained operators can cause injury or
death.
W-2001-0502
Check the following items before each day of operation: IMPORTANT

• Engine Oil Level PRESSURE WASHING DECALS
• Never direct the stream at a low angle toward the
• Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Level decal that could damage the decal causing it to
peel from the surface.
• Brakes - Check Function • Direct the stream at a 90 degree angle and at
least 300 mm (12 in) from the decal. Wash from
• Tilt Cylinder - Lubricate with multipurpose lithium the centre of the decal toward the edges.
based grease. I-2226-EN-0910
• Attachment Carrier Pins - Lubricate with multipurpose

lithium based grease
• Engine Air System - Check Air System for Damage or

Leaks.
IMPORTANT
• Engine Coolant Level - Check System for Damage or AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE
Leaks. Water in the fuel system can cause serious engine
damage. Remove water from the primary fuel filter
• Operator Cab and Cab Mounting Hardware - DO NOT daily.
operate without right cab window. I-2354-0112
• Seat Belt Allow the engine and hydraulic fluid to warm completely
before beginning operation.
• Tyres - Check for Wear, Damage, Correct Air
Pressure; Use only approved tyres with correct Use the joystick to check for smooth operation of the
pressure. following hydraulic functions:
• Loose or Broken Parts - Repair or replace as • Raise and lower the boom.
necessary.
• Extend and retract the boom.
• Safety Treads and Safety Signs (Decals), - Replace
as necessary. • Tilt the attachment device forward and backward.
• Check and Clean Mirrors and Windows, Boom Angle Check forward and reverse travel.
Indicator and Boom Extension Indicator - Replace as
necessary. Check operation of the accelerator and brake.
• Fuel Filter - Remove trapped water through the drain Check operation of the steering. Cycle the steering mode
valve on the bottom of the primary filter.  regularly to ensure correct wheel alignment.
(See Primary Fuel Filter (Pre-Filter) on Page 166.)

86 of 258
DAILY INSPECTION (CONT’D)
Daily Inspection And Maintenance (Cont’d) Cleaning The Operator Cab
If any of the functions do not operate correctly, have it • Clean soft upholstery in the cab with a cloth that has
repaired immediately before continuing. been dipped in a solution composed of water and
detergent and then thoroughly wrung out.
• The operator’s seat and the floor should be cleaned

WARNING with a vacuum cleaner and / or a stiff brush. If
necessary, use a damp cloth to remove any stubborn
stains.
AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
• Engines can have hot parts and hot exhaust gas. • Clean the seat-belts with a sponge dipped in hot
Keep flammable material away. soapy water and simply leave them to dry.
• Do not use machines in atmosphere containing
explosive dust or gases. • Fabric-covered seats should be cleaned with a stiff
W-2051-0212 brush or vacuum cleaner. Plastic-covered seats
should be cleaned with a damp cloth.
WARNING
When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh
air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust
fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust
outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible
gases which can kill without warning.
W-2050-0807
WARNING
Do not use ether with preheat systems. Explosion
can result which can cause injury or death.
W-2391-0301

87 of 258
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE Operation & Maintenance Manual And Operator’s
Handbook Locations
Entering The Telescopic Handler
Figure 88
Figure 87
1
1 2
N-20299
P118186
1
P119142
Read and understand the Operator’s Handbook and the

Use step (Item 1), safety tread (Item 2) and grab handles Operation & Maintenance Manual (Item 1) [Figure 88]
(Item 3) [Figure 87] when entering the telescopic before operating the telescopic handler.
handler.
Perform the DAILY INSPECTION. (See DAILY
DO NOT JUMP. INSPECTION on Page 84.)
Safety treads are installed on the machine to provide a

slip resistant surface for getting on and off the machine.
WARNING
Keep safety treads clean and replace when damaged.
Replacement treads are available from your Bobcat
dealer.
Instructions are necessary before operating or
servicing machine. Read and understand the
Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s
Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow
warnings and instructions in the manuals when
making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for
correct function after adjustments, repairs or
service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death.
W-2003-0807

88 of 258
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Suspension Seat
Seat Adjustment Figure 90
Adjust the seat for comfortable operation.
Air Suspension Seat

1
Figure 89
1 2
2 5
P123769
4 Pull the lever (Item 1) [Figure 90] to adjust the seat

3
distance from the steering wheel and pedals.
P126179 Turn the knob (Item 2) [Figure 90] to adjust the height of
the seat.
Pull the lever (Item 1) [Figure 89] up to adjust the angle Release the lever (Item 3) [Figure 90] to adjust the angle
of the seat back. of the seat back.
Pull the bar (Item 2) [Figure 89] up, and move the seat Turn the lever (Item 4) to adjust the seat cushion for
forward or backward to adjust the seat distance from the weight of the operator. The gauge (Item 5) [Figure 90]
steering wheel and pedals. indicates the chosen value in kilograms.
Pull the button (Item 3) [Figure 89] to lower the height of

the seat.
Push the button (Item 3) [Figure 89] inward to raise the

height of the seat.
The gauge (Item 4) [Figure 89] compares the current

height of the seat with the maximum and minimum
height.

89 of 258
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Figure 93
Seat Adjustment (Cont’d)
Premium Seat
1
Figure 91
P128347
2
Pull upwards or push down on the headrest (Item 1)
1
[Figure 93] to adjust its height.
P128346
Pull the lever (Item 1) [Figure 91] to adjust the seat

distance from the steering wheel and pedals.
Turn the knob (Item 2) [Figure 91] to adjust the height of

the seat.
Release the lever (Item 3) [Figure 91] to adjust the angle

of the seat back.
Pull the lever (Item 4) [Figure 91] to engage the

horizontal suspension. The horizontal suspension
dampens forward and backward movements.
Figure 92
P125430
Turn the knob (Item 1) [Figure 92] to adjust the lumbar

setting.

90 of 258
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Mirrors Adjustment And Cleaning
Seat Belt Adjustment Adjust and clean the mirrors to obtain the best visibility.
Figure 94 Cleaning
Clean mirrors every day and more often when necessary:
• Pre-rinse with water to remove dirt and bird soiling.
• Wash with a mild household detergent and warm

1 water.
• Use a sponge or a soft cloth. Rinse with water and dry

with a clean soft cloth.
• Do not use abrasive or highly alkaline cleaners.
• Do not clean with brushes.

S38171
Adjusting
Fasten the seat belt (Item 1) [Figure 94]. Figure 95
Adjust the seat belt so that it is snug around the lower

part of your hips.
1
P119230
Adjust the left side mirror (Item 1) [Figure 95] until the
left side of the telescopic handler is visible from the
operator’s point of view.

91 of 258
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Figure 98
Mirrors Adjustment And Cleaning (Cont’d) 1

Figure 96
1
P119217A
Adjust the right side mirror (Item 1) [Figure 98] until the
P125589 right side of the telescopic handler is visible from the
Make sure that the left side mirror provides enough Figure 99
clearance (Item 1) [Figure 96] to open and close the cab
door.
2
Figure 97 1
P119218A
Adjust the rear interior mirror (Item 1) until the right side
P119218A of the telescopic handler is visible via the front interior
mirror (Item 2) [Figure 99] from the operator’s point of
view.
Adjust the front interior mirror (Item 1) [Figure 97] until
the rear side of the telescopic handler is visible from the

92 of 258
STARTING THE ENGINE When the engine preheat icon (Item 2) [Figure 101]
goes OFF, turn the key switch (Item 1) to START (Item 4)
Standard Key Panel [Figure 100]. Release the key when the engine starts
and allow it to return to the RUN (Item 2) [Figure 100]
Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE- position.
STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 86.) (See DAILY
INSPECTION on Page 84.)
The Travel Direction Control and all other controls must

be in NEUTRAL POSITION before starting the engine. IMPORTANT
Figure 100 Do not engage the starter for longer than 30 seconds
at a time. Longer use can damage the starter by
overheating. Cool the starter for one minute between
2 uses.
I-2209-0301
3
4
1
WARNING
• Engines can have hot parts and hot exhaust gas.
Keep flammable material away.
• Do not use machines in atmosphere containing
P133028
W-2051-0212
Turn the key switch (Item 1) to RUN (Item 2)

[Figure 100].
NOTE: Check if the emergency stop (Item 3)

[Figure 100] is not in the pressed position. WARNING
Figure 101 AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh
air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust
fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust
2 1 outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible
gases which can kill without warning.
W-2050-0807
P122915
Keep the key in RUN position until the engine preheat

countdown (Item 1) [Figure 101] on the display screen
has counted down from 10 to 0 seconds.
NOTE: If necessary, the engine preheat countdown

will be performed up to three times.

93 of 258
STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D) Figure 103
Keypad Panel (If Equipped)
Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-

STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 86.) (See DAILY
INSPECTION on Page 84.) 1
The Travel Direction Control and all other controls must

be in NEUTRAL POSITION before starting the engine.
Figure 102
2 4
2 3 P126161
3
1
Use the keypad (Item 1) [Figure 103] to enter the
5 6 password. If the code is correct, the machine will start.
If an incorrect password is entered, [ERROR] will appear

on the display panel.
P133028 P133035
Turn the key switch (Item 1) (if equipped) to RUN (Item 2)

[Figure 102].
Turn the start switch (Item 3) (if equipped) to RUN

(Item 4) [Figure 102].
The message [CODE] will appear on the display screen if

the keypad panel is locked. Also when locked, the red
LED (Item 2) [Figure 103] on the locked button will be
flashing. (If the keypad is not locked, the unlocked green
LED (Item 3) [Figure 103] will be ON. Use the start
switch without a password to start the engine. (See
Password Lockout Feature on Page 216.)

94 of 258
STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)
Keypad Panel (If Equipped) (Cont’d)

IMPORTANT
Figure 104
Do not engage the starter for longer than 30 seconds
at a time. Longer use can damage the starter by
overheating. Cool the starter for one minute between
uses.
2 1 I-2209-0301
WARNING
• Engines can have hot parts and hot exhaust gas.
Keep flammable material away.
P122915 • Do not use machines in atmosphere containing
W-2051-0212
Keep the key switch (if equipped) or the start switch (if
equipped) in RUN position until the engine preheat
countdown (Item 1) [Figure 104] on the display screen
has counted down from 10 to 0 seconds.
NOTE: If necessary, the engine preheat countdown

WARNING
will be performed up to three times.
When the engine preheat icon (Item 2) [Figure 104] When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh
goes OFF, turn the key switch (Item 1) (if equipped) or air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust
start switch (if equipped) (Item 3) to START (Item 5 or 6) fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust
[Figure 102]. Release the key when the engine starts outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible
and allow it to return to the RUN (Item 2 or 4) gases which can kill without warning.
[Figure 102] position. W-2050-0807
WARNING
Do not use ether with preheat systems. Explosion
can result which can cause injury or death.
W-2391-0301
Turn the key switch (Item 1) (if equipped) or start switch

(Item 3) [Figure 102] (if equipped) to the STOP position
to stop the engine.

95 of 258
STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D) Warming The Hydraulic / Hydrostatic System
Cold Temperature Starting
IMPORTANT
WARNING When the temperature is below -30°C (-20°F),
hydrostatic oil must be warmed before starting. The
EXPLOSION CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY, DEATH hydrostatic system will not get enough oil at low
OR SEVERE ENGINE DAMAGE temperatures and will be damaged. Park the machine
DO NOT use ether or starting fluid with glow plug or in an area where the temperature will be above -18°C
air intake heater systems. (0°F) if possible.
W-2071-0415
I-2007-0910
If the temperature is below freezing, perform the following Let the engine run for a minimum of five minutes to warm
procedures to make starting the engine easier: the engine and hydrostatic transmission fluid before
operating the telescopic handler.
• Replace the engine oil with the correct type and
viscosity for the anticipated starting temperature. When temperature is below -15°C (5°F), let the engine
(See Engine Oil Chart on Page 170.) run for a minimum of fifteen minutes before operating the
telescopic handler.
• Make sure the battery is fully charged.
Until hydrostatic fluid reaches the optimal operating
temperature, boom movement speed can be reduced.

96 of 258
MONITORING THE DISPLAY PANEL Warning And Shutdown
Figure 105 • When a WARNING condition exists, an icon light

associated with the warning will come ON and there
will be three beeps from the alarm. If this condition is
allowed to continue, there can be damage to the
engine or telescopic handler hydraulic systems.
• When a SHUTDOWN condition exists, an icon light

associated with the shutdown will come ON and there
will be a continuous beep from the alarm. The
monitoring system will automatically stop the engine
in 15 seconds. The engine can be restarted to move
1 2 or relocate the telescopic handler.
3
Figure 106
4
P122916 1
3
Frequently monitor the temperature (Item 1) and fuel

(Item 2) gauges [Figure 105].
After the engine is running, frequently monitor display

panel [Figure 105] for machine condition.
If there is an error condition, an icon light associated with

the error will be ON. 2
EXAMPLE: Engine coolant temperature is high. 4

P122916
The Engine coolant temperature icon (Item 3)
[Figure 105] will light.
There are three icon lights which can be associated with
Press the information button (Item 4) [Figure 105] to a SHUTDOWN condition [Figure 106]:
cycle the display screen until the engine hour information
is displayed. (See Display Screen on Page 54.) 1. General Warning
Press the information button (Item 4) [Figure 105] for 3 2. Engine Coolant Temperature
seconds until the Service Codes appear on the display
screen. 3. Hydraulic System Malfunction
• M0810 Engine Coolant Temperature High 4. Engine Malfunction
• M0811 Engine Coolant Temperature Extremely High
Identify the Service Code (See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE

CODES on Page 203.) and contact your Bobcat dealer
for service if needed.

97 of 258
STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE
TELESCOPIC HANDLER
Procedure
• Stop the telescopic handler on solid, flat and level

ground.
NOTE: Ensure the machine is parked safely, taking

into consideration the surrounding traffic.
• Put the Travel Direction Control in NEUTRAL. (See

Travel Direction on Page 46.)
• Make sure the parking brake is engaged. (See

PARKING BRAKE on Page 65.)
Figure 107
P119748
• Retract and lower the boom and attachment flat on

the ground [Figure 107].
• Turn the key switch (if equipped) or start switch (if

equipped) to STOP.
• Unfasten the seat belt.
• (Standard Key Panel) Remove the key from the

switch to prevent operation of the telescopic handler
by unauthorised personnel.
• Use grab handles, safety tread and steps when

getting off.
DO NOT JUMP.
WARNING
Before you exit the operator’s position:
• Put the Travel Direction Control and the Joystick
in neutral.
• Engage the parking brake.
• Retract and lower the boom and attachment flat
on the ground.
W-2907-0211

98 of 258
ATTACHMENTS Attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual
Serial Plate Depending on the design of your Bobcat attachment, the

operation and maintenance procedures are described in
Always use the serial number of the attachment when your Bobcat telescopic handler Operation & Maintenance
requesting service information or when ordering parts. Manual or in specific Bobcat attachment Operation &
Maintenance Manual.
If any serial number plate is damaged, contact your
Bobcat dealer. The operation and maintenance procedures for the
attachments listed below are covered by your Bobcat
Figure 108 telescopic handler Operation & Maintenance Manual:
• Pallet forks,
• Bale spikes,
• Buckets,
• Jibs.
The operation and maintenance procedures for the

attachments listed below are described in a specific
Bobcat attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual:
• Grapple bucket,
• Bale handler with tine / tube,
• Fork grapple,
• Side shift carriage.
7322664
Contact your Bobcat Dealer to get additional copy of the
specific attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual.
An attachment serial number plate can be found on each
attachment [Figure 108].
NOTE: The centre of gravity (C.G.) indicates the

horizontal distance between the attachment’s
centre of gravity and the attachment hook-up.

99 of 258
ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D) Choosing The Correct Bucket
Buckets
Serial Plate Location WARNING

Figure 109
Never use attachments or buckets which are not
approved by Bobcat Company. Buckets and
attachments for safe loads of specified densities are
approved for each model. Unapproved attachments
can cause injury or death.
W-2052-0907
NOTE: Warranty is void if non-approved attachments

are used on the Bobcat telescopic handler.
The dealer can identify, for each model telescopic

handler, the attachments and buckets approved by
Bobcat. The buckets and attachments are approved for
P133148 Rated Load Capacity (RLC) and for secure fastening.
The RLC is determined by using a bucket and material of

Digging bucket [Figure 109]. normal density, such as dirt or dry gravel. If longer
buckets are used, the load centre moves forward and
Figure 110 reduces the RLC. If very dense material is loaded, the
volume must be reduced to prevent overloading.
Use the correct bucket size for the type and density of
material being handled. For safe handling of materials
and avoiding machine damage, the attachment (or
bucket) should handle a full load without going over the
RLC for the telescopic handler.
NA13802
Light material bucket [Figure 110].

100 of 258
ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)
Buckets (Cont’d)
Choosing The Correct Bucket (Cont’d)
Figure 111
WRONG
NA5429
Exceeding the RLC [Figure 111] can cause the following

problems:
• Steering the telescopic handler can be difficult.

• Tyres will wear faster.
• There will be a loss of stability.
• The life of the Bobcat telescopic handler will be
reduced.
WARNING
Do not exceed Rated Load Capacity. Excessive loads
can cause tipping or loss of control.
W-2393-0301
NOTE: With boom retracted, do not fully tilt the

bucket down to avoid damage.
Know the weight of the materials being handled. Avoid

exceeding the RLC of the machine (as indicated on the
Load Capacity Charts). Material which is very dense will
be heavier than the same volume of less dense material.
Reduce the size of load if handling dense material.
Maximum material density is 2000 kg/m³ (125 lb/ft³) for
digging buckets and 1000 kg/m³ (62 lb/ft³) for light
material buckets.

101 of 258
Buckets (Cont’d)
Load Charts
WARNING
W-2928-EN-1112
NOTE: The maximum load of an attachment can

exceed the RLC of the telescopic handler.
Chart for the machine TL26.60DB, TL26.60HB equipped

with 780 L (28 ft³), 1500 L (53 ft³) or 2000 L (71 ft³)
bucket:
• CAMSO 405/70-20/14 PR TM R4 7338724_0

• CAMSO 405/70-20/16 PR TM R4 Complies with stability tests of the relevant parts of
• with inflation pressure of 315 kPa (3,15 bar) (46 psi). ISO 22915.
• DUNLOP 405/70 R20 168A2 152J MPT SPT9
• MICHELIN 400/R20 149A8/149B IND TL BIBLOAD
• MICHELIN 400/R20 149A8/149B IND TL XMCL
• ALLIANCE 400/R20 149A8 A 580
• CAMSO 400/80-24/20 PR TM R4
• ALLIANCE 405/70R24 152A8 A 580

102 of 258
Buckets (Cont’d)
Load Charts (Cont’d)
WARNING
W-2928-EN-1112


with 780 L (28 ft³), 1500 L (53 ft³) or 2000 L (71 ft³)
bucket:
• CAMSO 405/70-20/14 PR TM R4 7338721_0

• ALLIANCE 400/R20 149A8 A 580
• CAMSO 400/80-24/20 PR TM R4
• ALLIANCE 405/70R24 152A8 A 580

103 of 258
Buckets (Cont’d)
Mass Properties
Figure 112
NA13830
C.G. of attachment C.G. of load NA13831
CENTRE OF GRAVITY OF CENTRE OF GRAVITY OF

ATTACHMENT MASS ATTACHMENT LOAD
X Y Z X Y Z
Digging Bucket 780 L (28 ft³) 415 kg 456 mm -395 mm 0 mm  497 mm -306 mm 0 mm 
(915 lb) (18 in) (-15.6 in) (0 in) (19.6 in) (-12 in) (0 in)
Light Material Bucket 1500 L (53 ft³), 539 kg 591 mm -444 mm 0 mm  683 mm -331 mm 0 mm 
without bolt-on edge (1188 lb) (23.3 in) (-17.5 in) (0 in) (26.9 in) (-13.0 in) (0 in)
without bolt-on edge (1422 lb) (24.2 in) (-16.3 in) (0 in) (28.3 in) (-11.4 in) (0 in)
with bolt-on edge (1276 lb) (25.7 in) (-18 in) (0 in) (26.9 in) (-13.0 in) (0 in)
with bolt-on edge (1519 lb) (26.5 in) (-16.5 in) (0 in) (28.3 in) (-11.4 in) (0 in)

104 of 258
ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D) Operation & Maintenance Manual
Grapple Bucket And Fork Grapple
Serial Plate Location

WARNING
Figure 113
W-2928-EN-1112

This Bobcat attachment requires a specific Operation &

P133147
Maintenance Manual. It is a part of your product and can
be stored in a container provided on the attachment or in
• Bucket Grapple, welded, 2,2 m (86.6 in) the Bobcat product.
• Bucket Grapple, forged, 2,2 m (86.6 in) The Operation & Maintenance Manual delivered with the
attachment gives operating information as well as routine
Figure 114 maintenance and service procedures. Refer to the
Attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual before
use.
The appropriate load charts for the approved

combination machine / attachment are available in the
Operation & Maintenance Manual.
S38395
Manure fork grapple 2,1 m (83 in) [Figure 114]

105 of 258
Bale Handler With Tine / Tube

WARNING
Figure 115
W-2928-EN-1112


NA9979
• Bale handler with tubes 1,3 m (51 in) the Bobcat product.
• Bale handler with tubes 1,6 m (63 in) The Operation & Maintenance Manual delivered with the
• Bale handler with tubes 1,8 m (71 in) maintenance and service procedures. Refer to the
Figure 116 use.

S38392
• Bale handler with tines 1 m (39 in)
• Bale handler with tines 1,4 m (55 in)

106 of 258
Side Shift Carriage

WARNING
Figure 117
W-2928-EN-1112

NA13145
Side Shift Carriage 200 mm (7.9 in) [Figure 113] the Bobcat product.
The Operation & Maintenance Manual delivered with the

maintenance and service procedures. Refer to the
use.


107 of 258
ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D) Figure 120
Pallet Forks
Figure 118
NA15559
Floating pallet forks 1,5 m (59 in) [Figure 120].
Inspection Before Use

S38977
The maximum load to be carried when using a Pallet
Fork is shown on a decal located on the attachment
Rigid pallet forks FEM III [Figure 118]. serial number plate.
Figure 119 NOTE: If an attachment is composed of several parts

which are equipped with a serial number
plate, the maximum load of the attachment
will be the lowest one displayed on the serial
number plates.
See your Bobcat dealer for more information about Pallet

Fork inspection, maintenance and replacement. See your
Bobcat dealer for RLC when using a Pallet Fork and for
other available attachments.
Load Charts
(See Load Capacity Charts on Page 131.) for more

information on the RLC of the telescopic handler
NA15561 equipped with a pallet fork.
Floating pallet forks 1,0 m (39 in) [Figure 119].
WARNING
W-2928-EN-1112


108 of 258
Pallet Forks (Cont’d)
Mass Properties
Figure 121
NA15562

X Y Z X Y Z
Floating Pallet Forks, 1,0 m (39 in), 254 kg 286 mm -434 mm 0 mm  711 mm -276 mm 0 mm 
Quick-tach (560 lb) (11.3 in) (-17.1 in) (0 in) (28 in) (-10.9 in) (0 in)
Quick-tach (600 lb) (10.9 in) (-16.7 in) (0 in) (28 in) (-10.9 in) (0 in)
Rigid Pallet Forks, without guard, Quick- 300 kg 247 mm -522 mm 3 mm  700 mm -344 mm 0 mm 
tach (661 lb) (9.7 in) (-20.6 in) (0 in) (27.6 in) (-13.5 in) (0 in)
Rigid Pallet Forks, with guard, Quick- 325 kg 239 mm -476 mm 0 mm  700 mm -344 mm 0 mm 
Mani-tach (546 lb) (7.8 in) (-14.7 in) (0 in) (25.5 in) (-13.4 in) (0 in)
Mani-tach (591 lb) (7.5 in) (-14.1 in) (0 in) (25.5 in) (-13.4 in) (0 in)
Rigid Pallet Forks, without guard, Mani- 271 kg 159 mm -465 mm 3 mm  713 mm -210 mm 0 mm 
Rigid Pallet Forks, with guard, Mani-tach 296 kg 165 mm -411 mm 3 mm  713 mm -210 mm 0 mm 
(653 lb) (6.5 in) (-16.2 in) (0 in) (28.1 in) (-8.2 in) (0 in)

109 of 258
Pallet Forks (Cont’d)
Mass Properties (Cont’d)
Figure 122
NA15091

X Y Z X Y Z
Floating Pallet Forks, J-tach,  150 kg 281 mm -337 mm 0 mm  583 mm -20 mm  0 mm 
load at 500 mm (19.7 in) (331 lb) (11.1 in) (-13.3 in) (0 in) (23 in) (-0.8 in) (0 in)

110 of 258
ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D) • MICHELIN 400/R20 149A8/149B IND TL XMCL
Round Bale Spike • with floating pallet forks.
• ALLIANCE 400/R20 149A8 A 580
Serial Plate Location • with inflation pressure of 380 kPa (3,80 bar) (55 psi).
Figure 123 • CAMSO 400/80-24/20 PR TM R4
• ALLIANCE 405/70R24 152A8 A 580
S38976
Round bale spike - type III [Figure 123].
Load Chart
WARNING
W-2928-EN-1112

Chart for the machine TL26.60DB, TL30.60DB,

TL26.60HB, TL30.60HB equipped with bale spike:
7296654_0
• CAMSO 405/70-20/14 PR TM R4
• with floating pallet forks. Complies with stability tests of the relevant parts of
ISO 22915.
• CAMSO 405/70-20/16 PR TM R4

111 of 258
Round Bale Spike (Cont’d)
Mass Properties
Figure 124
NA13828

X Y Z X Y Z
Pallet Fork frame equipped with two 205 kg 131 mm -424 mm 0 mm  1174 mm -746 mm 0 mm 
round bale spikes, Quick-tach (451.9 lb) (5.2 in) (-16.7 in) (0 in) (46.2 in) (-29.4 in) (0 in)
Pallet Fork frame equipped with two 175 kg 74 mm -331 mm 0 mm  958 mm -924 mm 0 mm 
round bale spikes, Mani-tach (386 lb) (2.9 in) (-13.0 in) (0 in) (37.7 in) (-36.4 in) (0 in)

112 of 258
Jib
EC Declaration Of Conformity*
Declaration of Conformity
for Interchangeable Equipment
Directive 2006/42/EC of the European Parliament and of The Council
"Machinery Directive Article 1(1)(b)"
Manufacturer Equipment Also Compliant to Other EC

Directive(s) or Standard(s) Listed Below:
Bobcat France
Route de Nantes
B.P. 71
44160 Pontchateau
FRANCE
Doosan Bobcat EMEA s.r.o.
U Kodetky 1810
26312 DobĜíš
Czech Republic
Description of Equipment
Type of Interchangeable Equipment: Jib

Model Name: Long JIB 3.7M
Jib 4.T MT Jib 4.T QT
Model Code: 0.7T QT
ATSR00101 & B38F00101 & B39J00101 &
Lot Series: above above above
This equipment conforms to the requirements of an interchangeable equipment as specified in Machinery Directive
2006/42/EC Article1(1)(b) and any other directives listed. This declaration applies exclusively to the interchangeable
equipment and does not include any hydraulic, electrical or mechanical adaptation done by the installer. Installation shall be
done in accordance with instructions and specifications included in this manual.
Authorized Signatory and Place of Declaration
Date: 1 *ULY 201

Place: Pontchateau, France

113 of 258
ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D) Inspection Before Use
Jib (Cont’d) In addition to the daily inspection of the telescopic

handler:
• Check safety decals are in good conditions. Replace
Figure 125 if damaged.
• Inspect cotter pins installation. Replace if damaged.
• Check lifting hook rotates freely. Lubricate as needed.
• Check lifting hook safety tab is intact and positions

itself correctly.
• Inspect lifting hook condition. Replace if worn or

damaged.
• Inspect jib frame for cracks or deformation. Replace

complete jib if damaged.
EM9746
Jib 0,7 m / 4300 kg (28 in / 9480 lb) [Figure 125].
The maximum load to be carried when using a Jib is

shown on a decal located on the attachment serial
number plate.
Never carry hot or corrosive products with a jib.
NOTE: If an attachment is composed of several parts

which are equipped with a serial number
plate, the maximum load of the attachment
will be the lowest one displayed on the serial
number plates.
Static Test
A static strength test has been successfully performed on

the jib using a load coefficient of 1,5.

114 of 258
Jib (Cont’d)
Load Charts
WARNING
W-2928-EN-1112


with jib:
• CAMSO 405/70-20/14 PR TM R4
7296691_0

• ALLIANCE 400/R20 149A8 A 580
• CAMSO 400/80-24/20 PR TM R4
• ALLIANCE 405/70R24 152A8 A 580

115 of 258
Jib (Cont’d)
Load Charts (Cont’d)
WARNING
W-2928-EN-1112


with jib:
• CAMSO 405/70-20/14 PR TM R4
• with inflation pressure of 315 kPa (3,15 bar) (46 psi). 7296653_0
• CAMSO 405/70-20/16 PR TM R4
• with inflation pressure of 315 kPa (3,15 bar) (46 psi). Complies with stability tests of the relevant parts of
• with floating pallet forks. ISO 22915.
• ALLIANCE 400/R20 149A8 A 580
• CAMSO 400/80-24/20 PR TM R4
• ALLIANCE 405/70R24 152A8 A 580

116 of 258
Jib (Cont’d)
Mass Properties
Figure 126
NA13829
CENTRE OF GRAVITY OF
CENTRE OF GRAVITY OF LOAD
ATTACHMENT MASS ATTACHMENT
X Y Z X Y Z
Jib 0,7 m (28 in), Quick-tach 177 kg 234 mm -280 mm (- 0 mm  686 mm -707 mm 0 mm 
(390 lb) (9.2 in) 11 in) (0 in) (27.0 in) (27.8 in) (0 in)
Jib 0,7 m (28 in), Mani-tach 153 kg 261 mm -135 mm (- 0 mm  686 mm -554 mm 0 mm 
(337 lb) (10.3 in) 5.3 in) (0 in) (27.0 in) (21.8 in) (0 in)

117 of 258
Jib (Cont’d)
WARNING
Procedure
OVERLOAD CAN CAUSE TIPPING OR ROLLOVER
Suspended loads have a dynamic and therefore
AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
unpredictable effect on the telescopic handler’s stability.
• Always use and follow the Rated Load Capacity
External working conditions such as the wind speed
chart provided. Each machine has its own chart.
increase the dynamic and unpredictable effect.
• DO NOT exceed the Rated Load Capacity.
Follow the procedure below when operating a suspended W-2995-1215
load.
The lifting device is intended to handle vertical pull loads. During Travelling
With the jib, do not carry out horizontal pull and side-pull.
• Move the machine with boom fully retracted and load
Carry or place special loads with the lifting device or as close as possible to the ground (transport
attachment intended for this type of use. position). The load should not be suspended higher
than 500 mm (20 in) above the ground when
If the suspended load or the resulting boom geometry travelling.
block the visibility, alternative carrying means must be
considered. • The telescopic handler should travel at speeds
appropriate to the ground and load conditions, or not
The operator must know the wind speed. Do not use the greater than 0,4 m/s (0.9 mph) when carrying
telescopic handler with wind speeds over 12,5 m/s suspended loads.
(28 mph).
• Do not use any controls to reposition the load. Come
Contact your Bobcat dealer for details on applications. to a gradual and complete stop before attempting to
reposition the load.
Load Handling
• Avoid crossing, climbing or descending inclines when
When using a jib with a load suspended from the hook: travelling with a suspended load.
• Check that the jib is properly attached and locked to • During starting, travelling, turning and stopping, avoid
the attachment carrier. jerky movements and load oscillations.
• Do not operate the machine while people are under • When travelling, the lateral and longitudinal attitude
the suspended load. must be horizontal.
• Operate on firm ground.
• Always keep lifting hook vertically aligned above the

gravity center of the load.
• Move the lifting hook and machine slowly. During

picking, loading and unloading, avoid jerky
movements and load oscillations.
• Move the machine with boom fully retracted and load

as close as possible to the ground (transport
position).
• Never shock or abruptly place loads.
• When stationary, always keep the machine frame

levelled. The lateral attitude must not exceed 1% and
the longitudinal attitude must not exceed 5%.
NOTE: Do not carry or place roof trusses with the jib.
NOTE: Do not carry hot or corrosive products.

118 of 258
ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D) 6. Turn off the engine and remove the ignition key. Exit
the cab. Remove the lifting hook from the lifting point
Jib (Cont’d) of the load. Always turn off the engine to avoid
involuntary hazardous movements; mainly when a
Picking Up A Load From The Ground second operator is present to install the lifting hook to
the lifting point of the load.
1. Fully retract and lower the boom and move the
machine as close as possible to the load. 7. Return the boom to the transport position by raising,
2. Position the lifting hook vertically aligned above the retracting and lowering it.
load and lower it slowly as close as possible to the
lifting point of the load. Picking Up A Raised Load
3. Put the Travel Direction Control into NEUTRAL and 1. Fully retracted and lower the boom. Move the
make sure the parking brake is engaged. machine as close as possible to the load.
4. Turn off the engine and remove the ignition key. Exit 2. Park the machine on level ground.
the cab. Install the lifting hook to the lifting point of the
load. Check that the lifting gear is hanging freely and 3. Put the Travel Direction Control into NEUTRAL and
is not twisted or knotted. Always turn off the engine to make sure the parking brake is engaged.
avoid involuntary hazardous movements; mainly
when a second operator is present to install the lifting 4. Raise and extend the boom to position the lifting hook
hook to the lifting point of the load. vertically aligned above the load and lower it slowly as
close as possible to the lifting point of the load.
5. Go back to operating position in the cab and start the
engine. 5. Turn off the engine and remove the ignition key. Exit
the cab. Install the lifting hook to the lifting point of the
6. Slightly lift the load from the ground by raising the load. Check that the lifting gear is hanging freely and
boom. The machine is then in the transport position. is not twisted or knotted. Always turn off the engine to
avoid involuntary hazardous movements, mainly
In case of travelling with the suspended load. when a second operator is present to install the load.
6. Slightly lift the load by raising the boom.
• If applicable, turn off the engine and remove the
ignition key. Exit the cab. Install the additional lifting 7. Bring the load to transport position by fully retracting
device (wire, cable) to secure the load to the machine the boom and lowering the load as close as possible
lifting or towing points. It will reduce the load to the ground.
movement during the travel.
NOTE: Do not carry hot or corrosive products.
Placing A Raised Load
1. With the machine in transport position, move the

machine as close as possible to the base of the area
where to place the load.
2. Park the machine on level ground.
3. Put the Travel Direction Control into NEUTRAL and

make sure the parking brake is engaged.
In case of travelling with the suspended load:
• Turn off the engine and remove the ignition key. Exit
the cab. Remove the additional lifting device (wire,
cable) to secure the load to the machine lifting or
towing points.
• Go back to operating position in the cab and start the

engine.
4. Raise and extend the boom to move the load above

the area where to place the load.
5. Position the load horizontally and place it on the area

by lowering and retracting the boom.

119 of 258
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Manual

2 3
Lock)
WARNING
Never use attachments or buckets which are not 3
approved by Bobcat. Buckets and attachments for
safe loads of specified densities are approved for
each model. Read and understand the Load Capacity
Charts for the attachment you are using. Unapproved 1
attachments can cause serious injury or death.
P119422
W-2392-0301
NOTE: Warranty is void if non-approved attachments Position the telescopic handler so that the attachment
are used on the telescopic handler. carrier (Item 1) is parallel to the attachment tube (Item 2)
[Figure 128]. Drive the telescopic handler forward until
The dealer can identify, for each model telescopic the attachment carrier is at a distance of about 1 m (3 ft)
handler, the attachments and buckets approved by from the attachment.
Bobcat. The buckets and attachments are approved for
Rated Load Capacity and for secure fastening to the Tilt the attachment carrier (Item 1) forward until the two
telescopic handler. Contact your Bobcat dealer for more hooks (Item 3) are lower than the attachment tube
information if your attachment is not illustrated in your (Item 2) [Figure 128].
machine’s Load Capacity Charts.
Figure 129
Installing
Figure 127
2
1
P119423
2
P119421 Drive forward until the two hooks (Item 1) are right below
the attachment tube (Item 2) [Figure 129].
Remove the locking bar safety pin (Item 1), and remove Engage the attachment tube (Item 2) in the two hooks
the locking bar (Item 2) [Figure 127] from the attachment (Item 1) [Figure 129] by raising the boom; tilt the
carrier. attachment carrier backward if necessary.

STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING
PROCEDURE on Page 86.) Start the engine. (See
STARTING THE ENGINE on Page 91.) Lower and retract
the boom.

120 of 258
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Manual

Lock) (Cont’d)
Installing (Cont’d)
Figure 130
1
P119500
Fully insert the locking bar (Item 1) through the holes in

the attachment and the attachment carrier. Install the
safety pin (Item 2) [Figure 131] into the locking bar.
P119499 Make sure the locking bar (Item 1) [Figure 131] extends
through the holes on both sides of the attachment and
the attachment carrier. Make sure the attachment is
When the attachment tube is properly engaged in the two securely fastened.
hooks and the attachment is no longer touching the
ground, tilt the attachment carrier fully backward Install attachment electrical harness and hydraulic lines,
[Figure 130]. if applicable, on the telescopic handler and the
attachment carrier.
Put the Travel Direction Control in NEUTRAL. (See Travel
Direction on Page 46.) Make sure the parking brake is
engaged. (See PARKING BRAKE on Page 65.) Stop the
engine and exit the telescopic handler. (See STOPPING
THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE TELESCOPIC
WARNING
in neutral.
on the ground.
W-2907-0211

121 of 258
ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D) Tilt the attachment carrier forward until the attachment
tube is disengaged. Move the telescopic handler
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Manual backward away from the attachment.
Lock) (Cont’d)
Removing Direction on Page 46.) Make sure the parking brake is
Lower the boom and put the attachment flat on the engine and exit the telescopic handler. (See STOPPING
ground. THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE TELESCOPIC
NOTE: In muddy conditions or to prevent the
attachment from freezing to the ground, put Figure 133
the attachment on planks or blocks before
removing it from the machine.

1
WARNING 2
P119421

in neutral. Fully insert the locking bar (Item 2) into the holes in the
• Engage the parking brake. attachment carrier. Install the safety pin (Item 1)
• Retract and lower the boom and attachment flat [Figure 133] into the locking bar.
on the ground.
W-2907-0211
Figure 132
2
P119500
Disconnect attachment electrical harness and hydraulic

lines, if applicable, from the telescopic handler. Remove
the safety pin (Item 1), and remove the locking bar

STARTING THE ENGINE on Page 91.)

122 of 258
ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D) Installing
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hydraulic Enter the telescopic handler and perform the PRE-
Lock) STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING
Follow the procedure below if this machine is equipped STARTING THE ENGINE on Page 91.) Lower and retract
with the option for hydraulic locking of attachments. the boom.
Figure 134
WARNING 2 3
Never use attachments or buckets which are not

approved by Bobcat. Buckets and attachments for
safe loads of specified densities are approved for
each model. Read and understand the Load Capacity
Charts for the attachment you are using. Unapproved
attachments can cause serious injury or death. 3
W-2392-0301
NOTE: Warranty is void if non-approved attachments 1

are used on the telescopic handler.
P119749
The dealer can identify, for each model telescopic
handler, the attachments and buckets approved by
Bobcat. The buckets and attachments are approved for Position the telescopic handler so that the attachment
Rated Load Capacity and for secure fastening to the carrier (Item 1) is parallel to the attachment tube (Item 2)
telescopic handler. Contact your Bobcat dealer for more [Figure 134]. Drive the telescopic handler forward until
information if your attachment is not illustrated on your the attachment carrier is at a distance of about 1 m (3 ft)
machine’s Load Capacity Charts. from the attachment.
Tilt the attachment carrier (Item 1) forward until the two

hooks (Item 3) are lower than the attachment tube

123 of 258
ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D) Engage the attachment tube (Item 3) in the two hooks
(Item 2) [Figure 136] by raising the boom; tilt the
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hydraulic attachment carrier backward if necessary.
Lock) (Cont’d)
When the attachment tube (Item 3) is properly engaged
Installing (Cont’d) in the two hooks (Item 2) [Figure 136] and the
attachment is no longer touching the ground, tilt the
Figure 135 attachment carrier fully backward.
Release the switch (Item 1) [Figure 135], the locking

pins (Item 1) [Figure 136] will extend automatically.

Make sure the locking pins (Item 1) [Figure 136] extend

through the holes of the attachment carrier.
1 P135534 Make sure that the attachment is securely fastened.
Push and hold the top of the Hydraulic Quick-tach switch

(Item 1) [Figure 135] to retract the locking pins (Item 1)
[Figure 136] on the attachment carrier. WARNING
FAILURE TO FULLY ENGAGE LOCKING PINS CAN
CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
WARNING Locking pins must extend through the holes in the
attachment mounting frame. Failure to engage
locking pins can allow attachment to come off.
Before you exit the operator’s position: W-2913-0211
in neutral.
• Engage the parking brake. Install attachment electrical harness and hydraulic lines
• Retract and lower the boom and attachment flat (if equipped) on the telescopic handler and the
on the ground. attachment carrier.
W-2907-0211
Figure 136
P119750
Drive forward until the two hooks (Item 2) are right below
the attachment tube (Item 3) [Figure 136].

124 of 258
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hydraulic

Lock) (Cont’d) WARNING
Removing
Lower the boom and put the attachment flat on the
in neutral.
ground.
NOTE: In muddy conditions or to prevent the
on the ground.
attachment from freezing to the ground, put
the attachment on planks or blocks before W-2907-0211
removing it from the machine.

Disconnect attachment electrical harness and hydraulic

lines, if applicable, from the telescopic handler.

STARTING THE ENGINE on Page 91.)
Figure 137
1
P135534
Push and hold the Hydraulic Quick-tach switch (Item 1)

[Figure 137] to retract the locking pins on the attachment
carrier.
Tilt the attachment carrier forward until the attachment

tube is disengaged. Move the telescopic handler
backward away from the attachment.
Release the Hydraulic Quick-tach switch (Item 1)

[Figure 137] to extend the locking pins.

125 of 258
OPERATING PROCEDURE Figure 140
Longitudinal Load Moment Controller (LLMC)
The LLMC limits the following movements when the

machine stability level is critical:
• Lowering of the boom 1

• Extending the telescopic boom
• Forward tilt of attachment
• Backward tilt of attachment
Override Switch
P126149
Figure 138
The control indicator light (ORANGE) (Item 1)
[Figure 140] flashes when the LLMC override mode is
activated.
The switch returns to the original position as soon as the

switch is released and the LLMC becomes active again.
NOTE: The LLMC override mode should only be

enabled when necessary and is automatically
disabled after a running period of 60 seconds.
1
P126161
The Override switch (Item 1) [Figure 138] located in front

of the joystick allows to select the operating mode of the
machine.
Longitudinal Load Moment Controller (LLMC) Override

Mode
Figure 139
7245982
Select LLMC override mode (position ‘I’) [Figure 139]

using the Override switch to temporarily override the
longitudinal load moment controller.

126 of 258
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Visibility During Operation
Inspect The Work Area In case a suspended load or the boom prevents any
visibility and creates a substantial blockage, the operator
Before beginning operation, inspect the work area for has to consider alternative carrying means.
unsafe conditions.
Operating Near An Edge Or Water
Look for sharp drop-offs or rough terrain. Have
underground utility lines (gas, electrical, water, sewer, Keep telescopic handler as far back from the edge as
irrigation, etc.) located and marked. Work slowly in areas possible and the telescopic handler wheels perpendicular
of underground utilities. to the edge so that if the edge collapses, the telescopic
handler can be moved back.
Remove objects or other construction material that could
damage the telescopic handler or cause personal injury. Always move the telescopic handler back at any
indication the edge can be unstable.
Always check ground conditions before starting your
work: Operating On Slopes
• Look for signs of instability such as cracks or Drive slowly and do not travel on excessive slopes.
settlement.
• Be aware of weather conditions that can affect ground

stability.
WARNING
• Check for adequate traction if working on a slope.
Basic Operating Instructions
• Do not travel across or up slopes that are over 10
degrees to the side, or 25 degrees to the front.
When operating on a public road or motorway, always
• Do not travel down or back up slopes that exceed
follow local regulations. For example: A slow moving
25 degrees.
vehicle (SMV) sign, or direction signals can be required.
• Keep boom as low as possible when travelling on
slopes or in rough conditions.
Run the engine at low idle speed to warm the engine and W-2908-EN-1112
hydraulic system before operating the telescopic handler.
Noise at the operator position can be reduced by running The above list of overturning hazards is not exhaustive.
the engine at low idle and closing the windows.
IMPORTANT
Machines warmed up with moderate engine speed
and light load have longer life.
I-2015-0284
New operators must operate the telescopic handler in an

open area without bystanders. Operate the controls until
the telescopic handler can be handled at an efficient and
safe rate for all conditions of the work area.
NOTE: Solid tyres and water filled tyres are not

authorised on these machines. Only tyres
recommended in this Operation &
Maintenance Manual are approved. Use of
non approved tyres will void the warranty.

127 of 258
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)
Basic Operating Instructions (Cont’d)
Road Position Movement Restrictions For Buckets
When travelling on the road, observe the recommended Figure 143

road position for the following attachments:
Figure 141
300 mm
(12 in)
NA13838
Do not fully tilt the bucket down when the boom is raised
and retracted. Extend the boom 300 mm (12 in) to avoid
NA15563 damage [Figure 143].
1. Floating pallets forks: place the forks on back of guard

to avoid sharp edges in travel direction [Figure 141].
Figure 142
NA15026
2. 780 L (27.5 ft³) digging bucket: install bucket teeth

protection (Item 1) [Figure 142].

128 of 258
Operating With A Full Bucket Operating With An Empty Bucket
Figure 144 Figure 146

WITH FULL BUCKET WITH EMPTY BUCKET
GOING UP A SLOPE EM8000 GOING UP A SLOPE EM8002

WITH FULL BUCKET WITH EMPTY BUCKET
GOING DOWN A SLOPE GOING DOWN A SLOPE

EM8001 EM8003
With a full bucket, go up or down the slope with the heavy With an empty bucket, go up or down the slope with the
end toward the top of the slope [Figure 144] and heavy end toward the top of the slope [Figure 146] and
[Figure 145]. [Figure 147].
WARNING
• Keep the boom as low as possible.
• Do not travel or turn with the boom up.
• Turn on level ground. Slow down when turning.
• Go up and down slopes, not across them.
• Keep the heavy end of the machine uphill.
• Do not overload the machine.
Failure to obey warnings can cause the machine to
tip or rollover and cause injury or death.
W-2650-1112

129 of 258
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Emptying
Filling And Emptying The Bucket Figure 150
WARNING C D

Load, unload and turn on flat level ground. Do not B
exceed the rated load capacity shown on the Load
Charts in the cab. Do not overfill the bucket to avoid EM8006
the risk of falling objects. Failure to obey warnings
can cause the machine to tip or rollover and cause Keep the bucket low and the boom retracted when
injury or death. moving to the area where you want to empty the bucket.
W-2651-0313
Raise the boom (B). If necessary, level the bucket (D)

Filling while raising the boom to help prevent material from
falling off the bucket.
NOTE: Always fully retract the boom during filling. To
fill the bucket, the machine must be pushing Drive forward slowly until the bucket is over the top of the
with the centre of the bucket. truck box or bin.
Figure 148 Tilt the bucket all the way forward (D) to empty the
bucket.
A
If all the material is near the side of the truck or bin, use
the bucket tilt to move it to the other side.
C D
B
EM8004
Lower the bucket until it slightly touches the ground (A).
Tilt the bucket forward (D) until the cutting edge of the
bucket is on the ground.
Figure 149
C D
B
EM8005
Drive slowly forward into the material.
Lift the boom (B) and tilt the bucket backward (C) all the
way when the bucket is full.
Drive backward away from the material.

130 of 258
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Filling
Digging And Filling A Hole Figure 153
Digging
A
NOTE: Always fully retract the boom during digging.
Figure 151 C D
A B
EM8009
C D
Lower the boom (A) and put the cutting edge of the
B bucket on the ground (D). Drive forward to the edge of the
hole to push the material into the hole.
EM8007
Tilt the bucket forward (D) as soon as it is past the edge

Lower the bucket until it slightly touches the ground (A). of the hole.
Put the cutting edge of the bucket on the ground (D).
If necessary, raise the boom to empty the bucket.
Drive forward slowly and continue to tilt the bucket down
(D) until it enters the ground.
Raise the cutting edge a small amount (C) to increase

traction and keep an even digging depth.
Continue to drive forward until the bucket is full. When the

ground is hard, raise and lower the cutting edge of the
bucket (D) while driving forward slowly.
Figure 152
C D
EM8008
Tilt the bucket backward (C) as far as it will go when the

bucket is full.

131 of 258
Raising A Load And Extending The Boom

WARNING
Perform the pre-starting procedure before using the
telescopic handler. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE
CRUSH HAZARD CAN CAUSE
on Page 86.)
• Never go under or reach under raised load.
Figure 154
• Never move a load over other personnel.
W-2851-0410
1
WARNING
Check area to be excavated for overhead or
underground electrical power lines. Keep a safe
distance from electrical power lines.
VOLTAGE MINIMUM DISTANCE
P126204 up to 50 kV 3 m (10 ft)

beyond 50 kV 5 m (17 ft)
W-2757-EN-0513
Read and understand the load capacity charts (Item 1)
[Figure 154] to learn the Rated Load Capacity at
different extension and heights of the telescoping boom.
NOTE: Use only attachments that are approved for

this machine. All approved attachments must
be shown in the load capacity charts. Contact
your dealer if an approved attachment is not
illustrated in the charts.
NOTE: Use only approved tyres at correct pressure

for this machine. All four tyres must be the
same type.
Move the telescopic handler to the load to be lifted.
Be sure the load is centred on the attachment. Fasten the

load to the attachment if load can shift.
Raise the boom slightly to clear the ground and tilt the
attachment back.
Start slowly and drive the telescopic handler with the load
as low as possible.
Stop the telescopic handler on flat, solid and level

ground. Put the Travel Direction Control in NEUTRAL and
make sure the parking brake is engaged before raising or
extending the boom.
Slowly raise and extend the boom to put the load in the
desired location. DO NOT DRIVE FORWARD WITH THE
LOAD RAISED.
Place the load, then retract and lower the boom.
Slowly move the machine backward.

132 of 258
Load Capacity Charts
Figure 155
LE
P
A M Y
L
E X ON
7296686_0
Note that, when the boom is fully retracted, the telescopic

handler will lift more weight than when extended.
Always lift the load first; then extend the boom as

needed, staying within the Rated Load Capacity for the
height and extension.
Place the load, then retract and lower the boom.
The load capacity charts are designed with the machine

on flat, level ground. If the machine is positioned up or
down a slope, the values of the load chart will no longer
be accurate. Always lift and extend the boom when the
machine is on flat, level and solid ground.

133 of 258
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) NOTE: The float function can be activated under 35°
boom angle.
Levelling The Ground Using Float (If Equipped)
Boom angle lowering is limited at 7° per boom float
Figure 156 actuation. If the boom lowering movement is stopped
because the lowering angle was too high, release the
joystick and repeat the procedure.
A
When Boom Float Icon light (Item 1) [Figure 157] is ON,
the Boom Float button (Item 1) and boom lowering
C D
command (Item 2) [Figure 158] can be released and the
float function will remain ON.
B
This will allow the boom to float up and down following
NA15496 the contour of the ground while driving the machine.
During float use, all boom functions, except for lift and
Lower the boom (A) until the bucket (or attachment) is flat lowering movement, are usable (tilt, extend, auxiliary).
on the ground.
Lift the boom up (Item 3) or press again the Boom Float
Figure 157 button (Item 1) [Figure 158] to unlock the boom from the
float position.
P122919
Figure 158
3
P135522
Press and hold the Boom Float button (Item 1) and lower
the boom to the ground (Item 2) [Figure 158]. The Boom
Float Icon light (Item 1) [Figure 157] (on the display
panel) will start flashing and will be ON when the
attachment is on the ground.

134 of 258
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Figure 161
Handling Loads With Pallet Forks
Picking Up A Load From The Ground With Pallet Forks
Figure 159
EM8013
3. Adjust the height of the pallet forks so that they can

slide under the load [Figure 161].
EM8011 4. Move the machine forward or extend the boom to

bring the heel of the pallet forks in contact with the
load [Figure 161].
1. Move the machine perpendicular to the load with the
boom fully retracted and the pallet forks parallel to the 5. Put the Travel Direction Control into NEUTRAL and
ground [Figure 159]. make sure the parking brake is engaged.
EM8012 EM8014
2. Adjust the pallet fork clearance and their centring in 6. Raise the boom so that the ground clearance under
relation to the load [Figure 160]. the pallet forks is approximately 300 mm (12 in), tilt
the forks fully backward and retract the boom fully.
The machine is now in transport position
[Figure 162].

135 of 258
Handling Loads With Pallet Forks (Cont’d)
Placing A Load On The Ground With Pallet Forks
Figure 163
EM8021
4. Move the machine back in order to release the pallet

forks from the load completely [Figure 165].
EM8019 Figure 166
1. Move the load into the position where it is to be placed

[Figure 163].
Figure 164
EM8022
5. Return the boom and the pallet forks to the transport

position [Figure 166].
EM8020
2. Tilt the pallet forks into a position parallel to the

ground [Figure 164].
3. Lower the load until it is resting on the ground and the

pallet forks are no longer in contact with the load
[Figure 164].

136 of 258
Picking Up A Raised Load With Pallet Forks
1. Before starting this maneuver, make sure that the

pallet forks can easily slide under the load and that
their clearance and centring in relation to the load is
correct.
Figure 167
EM8017A
5. Raise the boom slightly and tilt the pallet forks

partially backward to stabilise the load [Figure 169].
6. Put the Travel Direction Control in REVERSE and

release the parking brake.
Figure 170
EM8015
2. Move the machine perpendicular to the load with the

pallet forks horizontal at the height of the load
[Figure 167].
Figure 168
EM8018A
7. Move the machine back as slowly as possible so as to

release the load on top of the stack, in such a way that
the boom can be lowered without the load touching
the pile [Figure 170].
8. Retract the boom fully [Figure 170].

EM8016
9. Lower the boom until the ground clearance under the
pallet forks is approximately 300 mm (12 in), then tilt
3. Move the machine forward as slowly as possible until the forks fully backward. The machine is now in
the heel of the pallet forks is in contact with the load transport position [Figure 170].
[Figure 168].
4. Put the Travel Direction Control into NEUTRAL and

WARNING
CRUSH HAZARD CAN CAUSE
• Never go under or reach under raised load.
• Never move a load over other personnel.
W-2851-0410

137 of 258
Placing A Raised Load With Pallet Forks
Figure 171
EM8025A
4. Tilt the load into a horizontal position [Figure 173].
5. Place the load down on the stack by lowering and

EM8023 retracting the boom [Figure 173].
6. Once the load has been placed down, release the

1. With the machine in transport position, move the load pallet forks so that they are no longer in contact with
closer to the stack and into the position where it is to the load using short, successive boom lowering and
be placed [Figure 171]. retracting maneuvers.
Figure 172 7. Put the Travel Direction Control in REVERSE and

release the parking brake.
8. Move the machine back as slowly as possible so as to

release the pallet forks from the load completely
[Figure 173].
Figure 174
EM8024A
2. Raise the boom, then extend it to place the load

above the stack. If necessary, move the machine
forward [Figure 172].
3. Put the Travel Direction Control into NEUTRAL and EM8026

9. Return the boom and forks to transport position

[Figure 174].

138 of 258
TOWING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER Figure 176
Procedure ACTIVE POSITION RELEASED POSITION
The telescopic handler can be towed a short distance 1 2

such as removing it from mud or loading onto a transport 3
vehicle.
Tow the telescopic handler at a slow speed, not

exceeding 5 km/h (3 mph). Do not tow the machine for
more than 3 minutes.
WARNING P-68946
After removing the spacers (Item 1), evenly tighten the

UNEXPECTED MACHINE MOVEMENT CAN CAUSE
front and rear bolts (Item 2) to hold the parking brake
piston (Item 3) [Figure 176] in the released position.
• Block wheels to prevent roll away before
adjusting screws to bypass the park brake
The brakes are now released for towing the machine.
system.
• Return adjustment screws to the operating
NOTE: The parking brake will not work until the
position before operating the machine.
adjustment screw is returned to the original
W-2808-0909
position.
Block the wheels to prevent the machine from rolling.
Disengaging The Parking Brake
The brakes are engaged by spring pressure and released

by hydraulic pressure. The parking brake must be
released manually before towing. Only the front axle has
brakes.
The following procedure describes how to release the

brakes:
Figure 175
P119137
Loosen the two bolts (Item 1) (the bolts and spacers are
located on both the front and rear side of the front axle)
until the slotted spacers (Item 2) [Figure 175] can be
removed from under the bolt heads.
Remove the spacers (Item 2) [Figure 175] and save for

reuse.

139 of 258
TOWING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER (CONT’D) Engaging The Transmission
Procedure (Cont’d)
Disengaging The Transmission WARNING

NOTE: Use service wrench 10 and 22 to perform this
procedure. Depending on your local UNEXPECTED MACHINE MOVEMENT CAN CAUSE
regulation these tools can be available in the SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
net or container behind the seat. • Block wheels to prevent roll away before
Raise the engine cover. system.
Figure 177 position before operating the machine.
W-2808-0909
1 After towing is completed, block the wheels to prevent the

machine from rolling.
Raise the engine cover.
Tighten the valves (Item 1) [Figure 177] to 70 N•m (52 ft-

lb) torque to re-engage the hydrostatic transmission.
1 Close the engine cover.
Engage the parking brake. (See Engaging The Parking

Brake on Page 139.)
P118203
Locate the two identical multi-function valves (Item 1)

[Figure 177] on the hydrostatic transmission pump.
Loosen the valves (Item 1) [Figure 177] by turning them

maximum three times anticlockwise.
NOTE: Do not turn more than three times. This can

result in leakage.
This action will bypass the oil flow of the hydrostatic

transmission.
Close the engine cover.
Tow the telescopic handler at a slow speed, not

exceeding 5 km/h (3 mph). Do not tow the machine for
more than three minutes.
WARNING
UNEXPECTED MACHINE MOVEMENT CAN CAUSE
• Block wheels to prevent roll away before
system.
position before operating the machine.
W-2808-0909

140 of 258
TOWING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER (CONT’D) Towing Points
Procedure (Cont’d) Figure 180
Engaging The Parking Brake
Figure 178
1
1
P123050
P119137
Use the front hitch (if equipped) (Item 1) [Figure 180] for
towing.
Loosen the two bolts (Item 1) until the spacers (Item 2)
[Figure 178] can be installed under the bolt heads (the NOTE: Keep traction within an angle of 20° with the
bolts and spacers are located on both the front and rear longitudinal axis.
side of front axle).
Figure 179
ACTIVE POSITION RELEASED POSITION
1
3
2
P-68946
Evenly tighten the front and rear bolts (Item 1) to hold the
spacers (Item 2) [Figure 178] and [Figure 179].
Tighten the bolts to 95 - 115 N•m (70 - 85 ft-lb) torque.
This will allow the park brake piston (Item 3) [Figure 179]
to be active again.
Engage the parking brake (See PARKING BRAKE on
Page 65.) and make sure it functions correctly.

141 of 258
TOWING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER (CONT’D) Retrieval Point
Procedure (Cont’d) Figure 183
Towing Points (Cont’d)
Figure 181
1
P119102
Use the front hitch (Item 1) [Figure 183] for retrieval of

P119102 machine out of a hole or ditch.
NOTE: The retrieval point is rated for 1,5 times mass

Figure 182 of the machine.
NOTE: Keep traction within an angle of 20° with the

longitudinal axis.
1
P119103
For models not equipped with a front hitch, use the two
front transportation fastening points (Item 1) [Figure 181]
and [Figure 182] for towing.

142 of 258
LIFTING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER NOTE: Be sure to attach the lift hooks to the lifting
points on the frame, not the boom.
Procedure
Take into account the position of the machine’s centre of
gravity. (See Lifting on Page 247.)
WARNING
• Before lifting, check fasteners on four point lift.
• Never allow riders in the cab or bystanders within
5 m (15 ft) while lifting the machine.
W-2160-0910
Before lifting: Remove all attachments, lower boom fully,

position wheels straight forward and stop the machine.
Inspect visually the lifting points. If there are signs of

damage or overloading, do not transport the machine.
Remove the wheel wedge.
Attach the lift hooks to the following lifting points (Items 1)

[Figure 184] and [Figure 185]:
Figure 184
1
1
P122227
Figure 185
1
1
P122228

143 of 258
TRANSPORTING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER ON A Fastening
TRAILER
Figure 187
Loading And Unloading
Figure 186
4 3
2
1 1
NA9450
1 P128179 Fasten the telescopic handler to the transport vehicle to

prevent it from moving during sudden stops or when
going up or down slopes.
The telescopic handler must be loaded backward on the
trailer. • Block the wheels (Item 1) [Figure 187].
The rear of the trailer must be blocked or supported • Use chains to fasten the machine frame to the
(Item 1) [Figure 186] when loading or unloading the transport vehicle (Items 2 and 3) [Figure 187]. Use
telescopic handler to prevent the front end of the trailer chain binders to tighten the chains. (See Tie Down on
from raising up. Page 248.)
Be sure the transport and towing vehicles are of • Attach the forks or bucket attachment to the transport
adequate size and capacity. For the weight of the vehicle (Item 4) [Figure 187].
TL26.60DB, TL26.60HB telescopic handler, (See
Weights on Page 223.). For the weight of the TL30.60DB,
TL30.60HB telescopic handler, (See Weights on Page
236.)
Be sure that the contact areas with machine tyres are

clean and free from ice, snow, and other slippery
materials.
Inspect visually the tie-down points. If there are signs of

damage or overloading, do not transport the machine.
WARNING
Adequately designed ramps of sufficient strength are
needed to support the weight of the machine when
loading onto a transport vehicle. Wood ramps can
break and cause personal injury.
W-2058-0807

144 of 258
TOWING A TRAILER WITH THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER
This machine can be equipped with a rear hitch or Figure 188

hydraulic hook** for towing.
NOTE: Make sure the telescopic handler and rear

hitch or hydraulic hook** have sufficient
towing capabilities. (See Performance on
Page 236.)
Rear Hitch And Hydraulic Hook** Applications And

Capacities
The hitches and hydraulic hooks** listed below are

designed to meet the directive 2009/144/EC for use on all
approved applications described in the Operation &
Maintenance manual of your Bobcat telescopic handler.
NA9727
Bobcat trailer coupling is approved to be used at the
maximum speed reached by your telescopic handler
machine. (See Performance on Page 236.)
MAXIMUM MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
PERMITTED PERMITTED
PERMITTED
TRAILER MASS TRAILER MASS
MODEL EC TYPE-APPROVAL VERTICAL
for machine with for machine
LOAD @ max
trailer brake without trailer
speed (kg / lb)
(kg / lb) brake (kg / lb)
Basic Tow Hitch e1*2009/144*2013/15*0656*00 200 / 440 3500 / 7710 3500 / 7710
Rotating Tow Hitch e1*2015/208*2016/1788ND*00427 620 / 1360 17000 / 37470 3500 / 7710
Rotating Tow Hitch with e1*2015/208*2015/208ND*00152*00 620 / 1360 17000 / 37470 3500 / 7710
height adjustment + e1*2009/144*2013/8*0379*02
(auto-lock)
Rotating Tow Hitch with e1*2015/208*2015/208ND*00155*00 620 / 1360 17000 / 37470 3500 / 7710
height adjustment + e1*2009/144*2013/8*0379*02
(manual locking)
Hydraulic Pick-up Tow e1*2015/208*2016/1788ND*00443*00 620 / 1360 17000 / 37470 3500 / 7710
Hitch**
Pintle Tow Hitch CUNA NC 138-40 CAT.II DGM47798 200 / 440 3500 / 7710 3500 / 7710
Rear Hitch And Hydraulic Hook** Installation Rear Hitch And Hydraulic Hook** Inspection Before
Use
The rear hitch and hydraulic hook** can only be installed
at standard available fixation points of your telescopic In addition to the daily inspection of the telescopic
handler. handler:
Contact your Bobcat Dealer for installation of a rear hitch • Check safety decals are in good condition. Replace if
or hydraulic hook** on your Bobcat telescopic handler. damaged.
• Inspect cotter pins. Replace if damaged.
• Check the pins rotate freely. Lubricate as needed.
• Inspect towing hook condition. Replace if worn or

damaged.
• Inspect the draw bar condition. Replace if damaged.

145 of 258
TOWING A TRAILER WITH THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER (CONT’D)
Rear Hitch Description And Operation
For towing always use a drawbar eyes that meets the Rotating Tow Hitch
following certifications:
Figure 190
RECOMMENDED
MODEL TRAILER 1
COUPLING
Basic Tow Hitch ISO 5692-3 shape X
Rotating Tow Hitch ISO 5692-2
ISO 8755
ISO 1102
2
In horizontal position of tractor and trailer, the connecting
system (e.g. towing hook / drawbar eye) must be level to
the roadway (angle deviation compared to the horizontal
towards the top and below may not exceed 3 degrees) to
ensure that the customary swinging draw bar angle
between the connecting system is not impeded. 3 P122578
Basic Tow Hitch ITEM DESCRIPTION
Figure 189 1 ROTATING TOW HITCH

2 PIN
3 COTTER PIN
1
Operation
Remove the cotter pin (Item 3) from the hitch pin (Item 2)
[Figure 190].
Remove the hitch pin (Item 2) from the hitch (Item 1)

[Figure 190].
2
Install the towing hook or drawbar eye in the hitch
3 P122768
Install the hitch pin (Item 2) and secure with the cotter pin
ITEM DESCRIPTION
1 BASIC TOW HITCH
2 HITCH PIN
3 COTTER PIN WARNING
Operation AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Never enter the area between the telescopic handler
Remove the cotter pin (Item 3) from the hitch pin (Item 2) and the trail vehicle when operating the machine.
[Figure 189]. Before entering the area between the telescopic
handler and the trail vehicle:
Remove the hitch pin (Item 2) from the hitch (Item 1) • Put the Travel Direction Control and the Joystick
[Figure 189]. in neutral.
Install the drawbar eye in the hitch (Item 1) [Figure 189]. • Retract and lower the boom and attachment flat
on the ground.
NOTE: Only use self-rotating drawbar eyes. • Stop the engine.
W-2960-0313

146 of 258
Rear Adjustable Hitch Description And Operation
For towing always use a drawbar eyes that meets the Operation
Make sure the lever (Item 4) is pulled forward toward the
telescopic handler and the hitch pin (Item 3) [Figure 191]
RECOMMENDED
is raised.
MODEL TRAILER
COUPLING Back up the telescopic handler into the trailer to install
Rotating Tow Hitch with height ISO 5692-2 the towing hook or drawbar eye in the hitch (Item 2)
adjustment (auto-lock) ISO 8755 [Figure 191].
(Manually adjustable drawbar ISO 1102
The hitch pin (Item 3) [Figure 191] automatically locks
coupler tow hitch)
the towing hook or drawbar eye.
Rotating Tow Hitch with height
adjustment (manual locking)  NOTE: Pull the lever (Item 4) forward toward the
(Manually adjustable European telescopic handler to raise the hitch pin
drawbar coupler tow hitch) (Item 3) [Figure 191] and unlock the trailer.
In horizontal position of tractor and trailer, the procured

connecting system (e.g. towing hook / drawbar eye) must
be level to the roadway (angle deviation compared to the
horizontal towards the top and below may not exceed 3
WARNING
degrees) to ensure that the customary swinging draw bar
angle between the connecting system is not impeded. AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Rotating Tow Hitch with height adjustment (auto-lock) and the trail vehicle when operating the machine.
Before entering the area between the telescopic
Figure 191 handler and the trail vehicle:
5 in neutral.
1 • Retract and lower the boom and attachment flat
on the ground.
W-2960-0313
3 4
P122577
ITEM DESCRIPTION
1 SUPPORT, HITCH
2 HITCH, AUTO
3 PIN
4 LEVER, HITCH PIN
5 LEVER, ADJUSTMENT
Adjustment
Use the lever (Item 5) to unlock the hitch (Item 2) from its
support (Item 1) [Figure 191] and adjust the height. Lock
the hitch.

147 of 258
Rear Adjustable Hitch Description And Operation (Cont’d)
Rotating Tow Hitch with height adjustment (manual

locking)
Figure 192 WARNING

4 AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
and the trail vehicle when operating the machine.
1 Before entering the area between the telescopic
3 • Put the Travel Direction Control and the Joystick
in neutral.
2 on the ground.
W-2960-0313
5
P122580
ITEM DESCRIPTION
1 SUPPORT, HITCH
2 HITCH
3 PIN
4 LEVER
5 COTTER PIN
Adjustment
Use the lever (Item 4) to unlock the hitch (Item 2) from its
support (Item 1) [Figure 192] and adjust the height. Lock
the hitch.
Operation
Remove the cotter pin (Item 5) from the hitch pin (Item 3)
[Figure 192].
Remove the hitch pin (Item 3) from the hitch (Item 2)
[Figure 192].
Install the towing hook or drawbar eye in the hitch

148 of 258
Rear Hydraulic Hook Description And Operation** Figure 194
For towing always use a drawbar eyes that meets the

RECOMMENDED
MODEL TRAILER
COUPLING 2
Hydraulic Pick-up Tow Hitch ISO 5692-1
(Hydraulically adjustable tow
hook)
In horizontal position of tractor and trailer, the procured 1

connecting system (e.g. towing hook / drawbar eye) must
be level to the roadway (angle deviation compared to the
P135530
horizontal towards the top and below may not exceed 3
degrees) to ensure that the customary swinging draw bar
angle between the procured connecting system is not Press the bottom of the switch (Item 1) [Figure 194] to
impeded. lower the hydraulic hook (Item 1) [Figure 193].
Hydraulic Pick-up Tow Hitch Back up the telescopic handler into the trailer to position
the hydraulic hook (Item 1) [Figure 193] under the towing
Figure 193 hook or drawbar eye.
Press the top of the switch (Item 2) [Figure 194] to raise

2 the hydraulic hook until it locks automatically. Move the
switch to centre position to disable the function.
5
4 3 WARNING
1 and the trail vehicle when operating the machine.
P123109 handler and the trail vehicle:
ITEM DESCRIPTION in neutral.
1 HYDRAULIC HOOK • Engage the parking brake.
2 UNLOCK HANDLE
on the ground.
3 UNLOCK CABLE • Stop the engine.
4 SUPPORT, HITCH W-2960-0313
5 LOCK
Rear Hitch And Hydraulic Hook** Maintenance
Operation
Lubricate the contact areas of the hitch pin and hitch.
Unlock the hydraulic hook (Item 1) by pulling the handle
(Item 2) [Figure 193]. Check the torque value of the mounting bolts. Torque
value should be 390 N•m (288 ft-lb).
Replace the hitch pin if damaged or exceeding the

abrasion limit (diameter < 26,5 mm [1.04 in]).

149 of 258
Connecting The Electrics
Figure 195
P119161
Connect the electrical cable (if equipped) from the trailer

to the 7-pin electrical plug (Item 1) [Figure 195] on the
telescopic handler.
NOTE: If the electrical cable is not connected to the

telescopic handler, the trailer brake lights will
not function.
WARNING
and the trail vehicle when operating the machine.
in neutral.
on the ground.
W-2960-0313

150 of 258
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
SERVICE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Maintenance Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Inspection Checkbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
LLMC CALIBRATION TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
APPROVED BOOM STOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Installing The Approved Boom Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Removing The Approved Boom Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Inspecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
ENGINE COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Opening And Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (HVAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Cleaning And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Cab Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
A/C System Water Condensate Rubber Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Air Conditioning Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
AIR CLEANER SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Replacing Filter Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Fuel Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Biodiesel Blend Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Filling The Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Primary Fuel Filter (Pre-Filter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Secondary Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Removing Air From The Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Checking And Adding Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Engine Oil Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Checking Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Removing And Replacing The Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

151 of 258
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Fuses And Relay Location / Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Battery Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Removing And Installing The Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Checking And Adding Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Fill / Breather Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
AXLES (FRONT AND REAR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Checking And Adding Oil (Planetary Carrier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Removing And Replacing Oil (Planetary Carrier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Checking And Adding Oil (Rear Differential) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Removing And Replacing Oil (Rear Differential) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Checking And Adding Oil (Front Differential) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Removing And Replacing Oil (Front Differential) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Checking And Adding Oil (Reduction Box) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Removing And Replacing Oil (Reduction Box) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
ALTERNATOR BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Belt Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
AIR CONDITIONING BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
ALTERNATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
TYRE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Wheel Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Rotating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
LUBRICATING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Lubrication Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Front Pads Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Rear Pads Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
ATTACHMENT CARRIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
TELESCOPIC HANDLER STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Return To Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

152 of 258
MAINTENANCE SAFETY
Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and
understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and
WARNING signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals
when making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function after
adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death. W-2003-0807
CORRECT
Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement,

means: “Warning, be alert! Your safety
is involved!” Carefully read the
message that follows.
P-90216
Never service the Bobcat telescopic
handler without instructions.
CORRECT WRONG WRONG
NA5428 NA5432 NA5433
Cleaning and maintenance are Disconnecting or loosening any Never work on telescopic
required daily. hydraulic tubeline, hose, fitting, handler with boom up unless
component or a part failure can boom is held by an approved
cause boom to drop. Do not go boom stop. Replace if damaged.
under boom when raised unless Never modify equipment or add
supported by an approved boom attachments not approved by
stop. Replace if damaged. Bobcat Company.
WRONG WRONG WRONG
NA5434 NA5436 B-6589
Have good ventilation when Keep body, jewelry and clothing Lead-acid batteries produce
welding or grinding painted away from moving parts, flammable and explosive gases.
parts. electrical contact, hot parts and Keep arcs, sparks, flames and
Wear dust mask when grinding exhaust. lighted tobacco away from
painted parts. Toxic dust and gas Wear eye protection to guard batteries.
can be produced. from battery acid, compressed Batteries contain acid which
Avoid exhaust fume leaks which springs, fluids under pressure burns eyes or skin on contact.
can kill without warning. Exhaust and flying debris when engines Wear protective clothing. If acid
system must be tightly sealed. are running or tools are used. contacts body, flush well with
Use eye protection approved for water. For eye contact flush well
type of welding. and get immediate medical
attention.
Maintenance procedures which are given in the Operation & Maintenance Manual can be performed by the owner/operator
without any specific technical training. Maintenance procedures which are not in the Operation & Maintenance Manual must be
performed ONLY BY QUALIFIED BOBCAT SERVICE PERSONNEL. Always use genuine Bobcat replacement parts.
MSW43-EN-0211

153 of 258
154 of 258
SERVICE SCHEDULE
Maintenance Intervals
WARNING
Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals.
failures.
Instructions are necessary before operating or
servicing machine. Read and understand the
The service schedule is a guide for correct maintenance
Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s
of the Bobcat telescopic handler.
Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow
warnings and instructions in the manuals when
During service, record:
making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for
correct function after adjustments, repairs or
• The machine operating hours.
service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
• Maintenance procedures that are performed.
instructions can cause injury or death.
W-2003-0807
Every 10 Hours (Before Starting The Telescopic Handler)
• Engine Oil - Check level and add as needed. Do not overfill. Check engine for oil leaks. (See page 170.)
• Engine Air Filters and Air System - Check condition indicator and empty dust extractor. Check for leaks. (See
page 163.)
• Engine Cooling System - Check oil cooler, radiator and air conditioner condenser. Check coolant level cold in
reservoir. Add premixed coolant as necessary. (See page 172.) Check cooling system for leaks.
• Exhaust System - Check exhaust system and exhaust aftertreatment components for leaks.
• Hydraulic Fluid - Check fluid level and add as needed. (See page 182.)
• Fuel Filter, Primary - Check display panel. Remove the trapped water. (See page 166.)
• Seat Belt - Check the condition of seat belt. Clean or replace seat belt retractors as needed. Clean dirt and debris
from moving parts. (See page 89.) and (See page 156.)
• Back-up Alarm - Check for proper function. Service as necessary. (See page 66 and page 160.)
• Service Brakes - Check for function. Service as necessary.
• Parking Brakes - Check for function. Adjust or service as necessary.
• Tyres - Check for wear or damage. Inflate to correct pressure. Be sure all tyres are inflated to the same pressure.
Use only approved tyres. (See page 193.)
• Wheel Nuts - Perform every 8 hours or daily for the first week, then as scheduled. Check for loose wheel nuts and
tighten to correct torque. (See page 193.)
• Safety Signs (Decals), Safety Treads and Mirrors - Check for damaged signs (decals), safety treads and mirrors.
Replace any signs, safety treads or mirrors that are damaged or worn. (See page 30.)
• Tilt Cylinder Rod End - Lubricate with multipurpose lithium based grease. (See page 195.)
• Attachment Carrier Pins - Lubricate with multipurpose lithium based grease. (See page 195.)
Every 50 Hours
• Engine Cooling System - Clean debris from radiator, air cooler, hydraulic fluid cooler, air conditioning condenser
(if equipped), and grille. (See page 172.)
• Engine Oil and Filter - Replace oil and filter the first time, then as scheduled. (See page 171.)
• Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Filter- Replace the filter element the first time, then as scheduled. Use a genuine
Bobcat filter. (See page 184.)
• Air Conditioning Belt (if equipped) - Check condition. Replace as needed. (See page 191.)
• Articulation Pins, Axle Oscillation (Front/Rear), Boom Pivot, Boom Cylinder, Self Levelling (Compensation)
Cylinder, - Lubricate with multipurpose lithium based grease. (See page 195.)
• Telescopic Boom Wear Pads - Lubricate with multipurpose lithium based grease. (See page 195.)
• Hydraulic Hoses, Tubelines and Connections - Check for leaks. Repair or replace as needed.
• Harnesses - Check condition. Repair or replace as needed.
• Articulated Steering Links - Check for any damage or cuts on the rubber protection. Replace as needed.

155 of 258
SERVICE SCHEDULE (CONT’D)
Maintenance Intervals (Cont’d)

Every 100 Hours
• LLMC System - Test the LLMC calibration the first time, then as scheduled. (See page 157.)
• Wheel Nuts - Check for loose wheel nuts and tighten to correct torque. (See page 193.)
• Planetary Carriers - Replace the fluid the first time, then as scheduled. (See page 186.)
• Axle and Differential Fluid- Replace the fluid the first time, then as scheduled. (See page 187 and page 188.)
• Reduction Box Fluid - Replace the fluid the first time, then as scheduled. (See page 189.)
Every 250 Hours Or Every 12 Months
• LLMC System - Test the LLMC calibration (See page 157.)

• Planetary Carriers - Check level. (See page 186.)
• Axle and Differential Fluid- Check level. (See page 187 and page 188.)
• Reduction Box Fluid - Check level. (See page 189.)
• Fuel Filter, Primary - Replace primary fuel filter element. (See page 166.)
• Fuel Filter, Secondary - Replace secondary fuel filter element. (See page 168.)
• Engine Oil and Filter - Replace oil and filter. (See page 171.)
• Engine Cooling System - Check coolant concentration (with a refractometer). Replace as needed. (See page 172.)
• Charge Air Cooler - Clean and check entry area.
• Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Filter - Replace the filter element. Use a genuine Bobcat filter. (See page 184.)
• Hydraulic Tank Breather - Replace the hydraulic tank breather. (See page 185.)
• Telescopic Boom Wear Pads - Check for wear. Replace as necessary.
• Service Brake Pedal Spring - Lubricate with multipurpose lithium based grease. (See page 195.)
• Cab Air Filter and Intake Pipes - Check filter condition. Replace as necessary. Check for damage. (See page
161.)
• A/C System Water Condensate Rubber Valves - Clean the rubber valves. (See page 161.)
• Planetary Carriers - Replace the fluid. In case of severe duty, half fluid change intervals must be applied. (See
page 186.)
• Axle and Differential Fluid - Replace the fluid. In case of severe duty, half fluid change intervals must be applied.
(See page 187 and page 188.)
• Reduction Box Fluid - Replace the fluid. In case of severe duty, half fluid change intervals must be applied. (See
page 189.)
• Battery and Cable Connectors - Check voltage. Check terminals for good contact and presence of protective
grease. (See page 176.)
• Engine Mounts - Tighten. Replace if damaged.
• Engine Air Filter - Replace the outer filter element. (See page 163.)
• Alternator Belt - Check condition. Replace as needed. (See page 190.)
• Hydraulic Fluid - Replace the fluid. (See page 183.)
• Fastenings, Hose Unions and Clips - Replace if damaged.
• Engine Valve Clearance - Check and adjust.
• Coolant - Replace the coolant. (See page 173.)
• Alternator Belt - Replace the belt. (See page 190.)

• Alternator - Inspect the alternator. (See page 192.)

156 of 258
SERVICE SCHEDULE (CONT’D)
Inspection Checkbook
Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals.

failures.
The service schedule is a guide for correct maintenance

of the Bobcat telescopic handler.
The Inspection Checkbook contains the following

information:
• Doosan Bobcat EMEA s.r.o. Warranty Policy
• Doosan Bobcat EMEA s.r.o. Extended Warranty

Policy
The Inspection Checkbook has to be filled in by the

Dealer for any maintenance and service work of your
Bobcat machine. This book may be required anytime by
an authorized dealer or by Bobcat Europe, should a
breakdown occur on the Bobcat equipment. Your local
dealer can order the Inspection Checkbook.
Part number: 7296478

157 of 258
SEAT BELT Figure 196
Inspection And Maintenance 1
WARNING 3
Failure to properly inspect and maintain the seat belt

can cause lack of operator restraint resulting in
serious injury or death.
W-2466-0703
Check the seat belt daily for correct function. 2 4
Inspect the seat belt system thoroughly at least once

each year or more often if the machine is exposed to
severe environmental conditions or applications.
Any seat belt system that shows cuts, fraying, extreme or

unusual wear, significant discolourations due to
ultraviolet UV exposure, dusty / dirty conditions, abrasion
to the seat belt webbing, or damage to the buckle, latch
plate, retractor (if equipped), hardware or any other
obvious problem should be replaced immediately.
B-22283
The items below are referenced in [Figure 196].
1. Check the webbing. If the system is equipped with a

retractor, pull the webbing completely out and inspect
the full length of the webbing. Look for cuts, wear,
fraying, dirt and stiffness.
2. Check the buckle and latch for correct operation.

Make sure latch plate is not excessively worn,
deformed or buckle is not damaged or casing broken.
3. Check the retractor web storage device (if equipped)

by extending webbing to determine if it looks correct
and that it spools out and retracts webbing correctly.
4. Check webbing in areas exposed to ultraviolet (UV)

rays from the sun or extreme dust or dirt. If the original
colour of the webbing in these areas is extremely
faded and / or the webbing is packed with dirt, the
webbing strength can have deteriorated.
See your Bobcat dealer for seat belt system replacement

parts for your machine.

158 of 258
LLMC CALIBRATION TEST Figure 198
Procedure
The Longitudinal Load Moment Control (LLMC) system

calibration can be tested by performing the following
procedure:
Park the machine on flat level ground and align the front
and rear wheels straight ahead.
NOTE: A load will be needed to topple the machine.
Figure 197
EM9626
Without attachment and with the attachment carrier fully

tilted up, fully retract and raise the boom [Figure 198].
Figure 199
S39203
2
Using the LLMC override mode, decrease the rear axle
load pressure by picking up a load and extending the
boom until the machine topples over (rear wheels off the
ground) [Figure 197].
NOTE: Do not move or reposition the machine after S41197

decreasing the rear axle load pressure.
Push and hold the TEST button (Item 1) [Figure 199]
Retract the boom and place the load on the ground.
during the complete procedure. All the LEDs (Item 2
and 3) light up, and the buzzer sounds discontinuously
during 3 seconds.
NOTE: Keep holding the test button for default test

result confirmation.

159 of 258
LLMC CALIBRATION TEST (CONT’D)
Procedure (Cont’d)
Two test results are possible:
Figure 200
S41233
• The four green LEDs (Item 1) [Figure 200] light up,

calibration is OK;
Figure 201
S41234
• The orange and red LEDs (Item 1) [Figure 201] light

up, calibration is out of range. Please redo calibration
of the LLMI / LLMC system. (See the Service Manual
for the correct procedure.)
Release the TEST button (Item 1) [Figure 199].
The calibration test is finished.
NOTE: After pressing the TEST button (Item 1)

[Figure 199 on Page 157] longer than 60
seconds, the procedure will automatically end
and the system will return to normal mode.
NOTE: The system always returns to normal mode

when the TEST button (Item 1) [Figure 199 on
Page 157] is released during the procedure.

160 of 258
APPROVED BOOM STOP Figure 204
If the boom is raised for service or maintenance, use the

following procedure to install and remove the approved
boom stop (if equipped).
Installing The Approved Boom Stop
• Put the telescopic handler on a flat, solid and level 1

surface.
2
• With the operator in the seat, the seat belt fastened,
travel direction switch / control lever (optional) in
NEUTRAL and the parking brake engaged, start the
engine, raise the boom and stop the engine.
P125200
Figure 202
• Install the pins (Item 1) and secure with retainer pins

• Start the engine and lower the boom slowly

1 [Figure 204] until the approved boom stop is held
securely.
Removing The Approved Boom Stop
• Start the engine and raise the boom. Stop the engine.
• Operating from the left back side of the machine,

P119105 remove the retainer pins, pins and approved boom
stop (Item 1) [Figure 203].
• Remove the approved boom stop (Item 1) • Reinstall the approved boom stop in the storage
[Figure 202] from the storage position. position (Item 1) [Figure 202].
Figure 203
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the boom up unless
1 the boom is held by an approved boom stop. Failure
to use an approved boom stop can allow the boom to
drop and cause injury or death.
Service boom stop if damaged or if parts are
missing. Using a damaged boom stop or with
missing parts can cause boom to drop causing injury
or death.
W-2899-1210
P125199
• Install the approved boom stop (Item 1) [Figure 203]

over the boom cylinder rod.

161 of 258
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM ENGINE COVER
Description Opening And Closing
The back-up alarm will sound when the operator moves Figure 206
the travel direction switch / control lever (optional) into the
reverse position AND the engine is running.
Inspecting
Sit in the seat and fasten the seat belt. Start the engine
and disengage the parking brake.
1
Move the travel direction switch / control lever (optional)
into the reverse position. The back-up alarm must sound.
Turn the switch to the OFF position and make sure the
parking brake is engaged.
Figure 205 P-52162
1 2
Pull the latch handle (Item 1) [Figure 206] out and rotate
clockwise. Raise the engine cover to provide access to
the engine compartment for maintenance.
NOTE: The engine cover can be locked.
P119156
The back-up alarm (Item 1) is located at the rear of the

machine and can be accessed through an opening (Item
2) [Figure 205] in the frame.
Inspect the back-up alarm electrical connection (Item 3)

[Figure 205] and the wire harness for tightness and
damage. Repair or replace any damaged components.

162 of 258
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING Figure 209
SYSTEM (HVAC)
This machine may be equipped with a heating, ventilation 2 2

and air conditioning system.
Cleaning And Maintenance
The HVAC system requires regular inspection and

maintenance. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 153.)
Cab Filter
Figure 207
1 1
S41681
Remove the filter (Item 1) from in between the filter

holders (Item 2) [Figure 209].
Clean or replace the filter as necessary.
2 A/C System Water Condensate Rubber Valves
Figure 210
1
P123730
The fresh air filter is located on the front of the operator

cab. Remove the six bolts (Item 1) and filter housing
Installation: Tighten the bolts (Item 1) [Figure 207] to

maximum 10 - 11 N•m (84 - 93 in-lb) torque.
1
Figure 208
1
S41680
1 The A/C system water condensate rubber valves (Item 1)

[Figure 210] are located on the front of the operator cab,
1 under the cab filter. Remove any dust to allow proper
evacuation of A/C water condensates.
S41680
Remove the two screws (Item 1) and the filter assembly


163 of 258
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING Air Conditioning Lubrication
SYSTEM (HVAC) (CONT’D)
Run the air conditioning for about five minutes every
Condenser week to lubricate the internal components.
Figure 211 Troubleshooting
If the fan does not run, or the air conditioning does not
turn on, check the fuse. (See Fuses And Relay Location /
Identification on Page 174.)
If the air conditioning system circulates warm air, the

refrigerant may need to be recharged. Contact your
1 Bobcat dealer for recharging the air conditioning system.
S38023
Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 211].
Figure 212
S38134
Raise the condenser (Item 1) and keep in position by

installing the rod (Item 2) [Figure 212] in the condenser
mount.
Use low air pressure to clean the condenser (Item 1)

[Figure 212]. Be careful not to damage fins.
Remove the rod (Item 2) [Figure 212], lower the

condenser and tighten the nut (Item 1) [Figure 211].

164 of 258
AIR CLEANER SERVICE Figure 215
Replacing Filter Elements
Outer Filter
Figure 213
S38013
Pull the outer filter element straight out [Figure 215] and
discard.
S38011
S38055
NOTE: Make sure all sealing surfaces are free of dirt
and debris. DO NOT use compressed air.
Replace the large (outer) filter element only when the Install a new outer element.
yellow ring has reached the red zone on the condition
indicator (Item 1) [Figure 213]. Figure 216
NOTE: Before replacing the filter element, push the 1

button on the condition indicator (Item 2)
[Figure 213]. Start the engine. If the yellow 2
ring of the condition indicator does not reach
the red zone, do not replace the filter element.
1
Figure 214
1 3 1 S38012
Install the dust cover (Item 2) with the dust extractor

(Item 3) [Figure 216] facing down.
Fasten the filter housing clamps (Item 1) [Figure 216].
1
S38012
Loosen the filter housing clamps (Item 1) [Figure 214].
Remove the dust cover (Item 2) [Figure 214].

165 of 258
AIR CLEANER SERVICE (CONT’D)
Replacing Filter Elements (Cont’d)
Inner Filter
Only replace the inner filter element under the following

conditions:
• Replace the inner filter element every third time the

outer filter is replaced.
• After the outer element has been replaced, start the

engine and run at full rpm. If the yellow ring is still in
the red zone of the indicator window, replace the inner
filter element.
Remove the outer element.
NOTE: Make sure all sealing surfaces are free of dirt

and debris. DO NOT use compressed air.
Figure 217
S38014
Remove the inner filter element (Item 1) [Figure 217]

and install a new element.
Install the outer element.
Install the dust cover (Item 2) with the dust extractor

(Item 3) [Figure 216] facing down.
Fasten the filter housing clamps (Item 1) [Figure 216].

166 of 258
FUEL SYSTEM
Fuel Specifications Biodiesel Blend Fuel
NOTE: Contact your local fuel supplier to receive Biodiesel blend fuel has unique qualities that should be
recommendations for your region. considered before using in this machine:
U.S. Standard (ASTM D975) • Cold weather conditions can lead to plugged fuel
system components and hard starting.
Use only clean, high quality diesel fuel, Grade Number
2-D or Grade Number 1-D. • Biodiesel blend fuel is an excellent medium for
microbial growth and contamination which can cause
Ultra low sulfur diesel fuel must be used in this machine. corrosion and plugging of fuel system components.
Ultra low sulfur is defined as 15 mg/kg (15 ppm) sulfur
maximum. • Use of biodiesel blend fuel can result in premature
failure of fuel system components, such as plugged
The following is one suggested blending guideline that fuel filters and deteriorated fuel lines.
should prevent fuel gelling during cold temperatures:
• Shorter maintenance intervals can be required, such
TEMPERATURE GRADE 2-D GRADE 1-D as cleaning the fuel system and replacing fuel filters
and fuel lines.
Above -9°C (+15°F) 100% 0%
Down to -21°C (-5°F) 50% 50% • Using biodiesel blended fuels containing more than
five percent biodiesel can affect engine life and cause
Below -21°C (-5°F) 0% 100%
deterioration of hoses, tubelines, injectors, injector
pump and seals.
NOTE: Biodiesel blend fuel may also be used in this
machine. Biodiesel blend fuel must contain Apply the following guidelines if biodiesel blend fuel is
no more than five percent biodiesel mixed used:
with ultra low sulfur petroleum based diesel.
This biodiesel blend fuel is commonly • Ensure the fuel tank is as full as possible at all times
marketed as B5 blended diesel fuel. B5 to prevent moisture from collecting in the fuel tank.
blended diesel fuel must meet ASTM
specifications. • Ensure that the fuel tank cap is securely tightened.
E.U. Standard (EN590) • Biodiesel blend fuel can damage painted surfaces,
remove all spilled fuel from painted surfaces
Use only clean, high quality diesel fuel that meets the immediately.
EN590 specifications listed below:
• Drain all water from the fuel filter daily before
• Ultra low sulfur diesel fuel defined as 10 mg/kg (10 operating the machine.
ppm) sulfur maximum
• Do not exceed engine oil change interval. Extended
• Diesel fuel with cetane number of 51.0 and above. oil change intervals can cause engine damage.
NOTE: Biodiesel blend fuel may also be used in this • Before machine storage; drain the fuel tank, refill with
machine. Biodiesel blend fuel must contain 100% petroleum diesel fuel, add fuel stabiliser and
no more than seven percent biodiesel mixed run the engine for at least 30 minutes.
with ultra low sulfur petroleum based diesel.
This biodiesel blend fuel is commonly NOTE: Biodiesel blend fuel does not have long term
marketed as B7 blended diesel fuel. B7 stability and should not be stored for more
blended diesel fuel must meet EN590 than three months.
specifications.

167 of 258
FUEL SYSTEM (CONT’D) Primary Fuel Filter (Pre-Filter)
Filling The Fuel Tank See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the service interval
when to replace the fuel filter. (See SERVICE
SCHEDULE on Page 153.)
WARNING Removing Water
Presence of water in the fuel system is displayed on the

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH display screen with an error code. (See MONITORING
Stop and cool the engine before adding fuel. NO THE DISPLAY PANEL on Page 95.)
SMOKING! Failure to obey warnings can cause an
explosion or fire. Stop the engine.
W-2063-0807
Place a suitable container under the water separator in
order to catch any fuel that might spill. Clean up any
Figure 218
spilled fuel.
Figure 219
P119164
Remove the fuel fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 218]. P122329
Use a clean, approved safety container to add fuel of the

Loosen the drain valve (Item 1) [Figure 219] and allow
correct specifications. Add fuel only in an area that has
the fluid to drain into the container.
free movement of air and no open flames or sparks. NO
SMOKING!
When clean fuel drains from the water separator, hand
tighten the drain plug (Item 1) [Figure 219].
Install and tighten the fuel fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 218].
Dispose of drained fluid in an environmentally safe
manner.
WARNING
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
IMPORTANT
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE
explosion or fire. Water in the fuel system can cause serious engine
W-2103-0508 damage. Remove water from the primary fuel filter
daily.
I-2354-0112

168 of 258
FUEL SYSTEM (CONT’D) Figure 222
Primary Fuel Filter (Pre-Filter) (Cont’d)

2
Replacing Element
Stop the engine.

3
Place a suitable container under the water separator in
1
order to catch any fuel that might spill. Clean up any
spilled fuel.
Clean the outside of the filter / water separator.
Figure 220
P119747
Support the filter assembly (Item 1) and remove the

screw and washer (Item 2) [Figure 222].
Remove the filter assembly (Item 1) [Figure 222] from

1 the filter housing.
Remove the old filter element (Item 3) from the filter

assembly (Item 1) [Figure 222].
Figure 223
P122329
4 3
Open the drain valve (Item 1) and allow the fluid to drain
into a container. [Figure 220].
When fuel stops draining from the water separator, hand

1
tighten the drain valve (Item 1) [Figure 220].
Figure 221
2
2
EM9386
Only use filter element supplied with sealing plugs (top

1 1
and bottom). Remove plugs just before installing the new
element.
Install the filter element (Item 1) with a new seal (Item 2)

onto the glass bowl (Item 3) [Figure 223].
Install the new seals (Item 4) onto the filter element

P119746 (Item 1) [Figure 223].
Remove the two bolts (Item 1) and the cover with fuel
filter (Item 2) [Figure 221].

169 of 258
FUEL SYSTEM (CONT’D) Secondary Fuel Filter
Primary Fuel Filter (Pre-Filter) (Cont’d) Stop the engine.
Figure 224 See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the service interval
when to replace the secondary fuel filter. (See SERVICE
2
NOTE: It is important to maintain extreme cleanliness
when working on the fuel system, even tiny
particles can cause engine or fuel system
problems.
1
Only use filter element supplied with sealing plug.
Remove plug just before installing the new element.
Figure 226
P119747
Install the filter assembly (Item 1) [Figure 224] onto the

filter housing.
Install the screw and washer (Item 2) [Figure 224]. Use a

new seal between washer and filter housing. Tighten to
8 N•m (70 in-lb) torque.
1
Figure 225
1 S38016
Clean the area around the filter housing.
2 2 Remove the filter element (Item 1) [Figure 226].
Ensure that dirt can not enter the new filter element. Do
not fill the filter element with fuel before the element is
installed.
Install a new filter element with a new seal, and hand

tighten.
P119746
Remove air from the fuel system. (See Removing Air

Install the cover with fuel filter (Item 1) with two bolts From The Fuel System on Page 169.)
Remove air from the fuel system. (See FUEL SYSTEM

on Page 165.)
WARNING
Replace the secondary filter. The secondary filter must
be replaced at the same time as the primary filter. (See AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Secondary Fuel Filter on Page 168.) Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

170 of 258
FUEL SYSTEM (CONT’D) Crank the engine with the accelerator pedal released
(low idle position) until the engine starts.
Removing Air From The Fuel System
Run the engine at low idle for approximately five seconds
Perform the following procedure before starting the then cycle the accelerator pedal rapidly from the low idle
engine when air is found in the system and always after position to the high idle position three times. The time
any fuel component replacement and repair, including the taken to cycle the accelerator pedal to be typically one to
fuel filter and when the fuel tank has run out of fuel. three seconds. This will assist in displacing any residual
trapped air in the fuel injection pump.
Check for fuel leaks in the fuel system.

WARNING
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
W-2072-EN-0909
To determine whether air is going into the pump,

temporarily replace the standard inlet pipe with a suitable
clear plastic pipe.
Ensure all low-pressure and high-pressure fuel

connections are installed correctly.
Figure 227
S36409
Turn the ignition key (if equipped) or starter switch (if

equipped) to the Preheat position (Item 1) [Figure 227]
(this will activate the electrical pump relay).
Leave the ignition key (if equipped) or starter switch (if

equipped) in the Run position (Item 2) [Figure 227] for
three minutes.
Ensure the fuel pump is correctly wired as the Electrical

Shut-Off Solenoid must be in the run position during this
phase. This allows the fuel filter, low-pressure fuel pipes
and fuel injection pump to fill with fuel.

171 of 258
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Checking And Adding Engine Oil Engine Oil Chart
Check the engine oil level every day before starting the Figure 229
engine for the work shift. ENGINE OIL
RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUMBER
Stop the engine. (LUBRICATION OILS FOR DIESEL ENGINE
CRANKCASE)
Figure 228
S38019 TEMPERATURE RANGE ANTICIPATED BEFORE

S6808 NEXT OIL CHANGE (DIESEL ENGINES MUST USE
API CLASSIFICATION CI-4 OR BETTER, OR ACEA E7
OR BETTER)
Open the engine cover and remove the dipstick (Item 1)
[1] Bobcat Synthetic Oil – 5W-40
[Figure 228].
Bobcat engine oils are recommended for use in this
Keep the oil level between the marks on the dipstick
machine. If Bobcat engine oil is not available, use a good
(Inset) [Figure 228]. Do not overfill.
quality engine oil that meets API Service Classification of
CI-4 or better, or ACEA E7 or better [Figure 229]. See
Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids on page 14 for approved oils.
WARNING
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any
WARNING
of the following conditions exist:
• When fluids are under pressure.
• Flying debris or loose material is present.
• Engine is running.
• Tools are being used.
W-2019-0907
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

172 of 258
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM (CONT’D) Figure 232
Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter

1
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for correct service 2
interval for replacing the engine oil and filter. (See
SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 153.)
Run the engine until it is at operating temperature. Stop

the engine.
Open the engine cover. (See Opening And Closing on

Page 160.)
Figure 230
S38019
S6808
Remove the oil fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 232].
Put oil in the engine. For capacity, (See Fluid Capacities

on Page 239.). For type, (See Engine Oil Chart on Page
1 170.).
Install oil fill cap, start the engine and let it run for several
minutes.
Stop the engine, and check for leaks at the oil filter.
S38020 Remove the dipstick (Item 2) [Figure 232] and check the
oil level. Add oil as needed if it is not at the top mark on
the dipstick.
Remove the oil drain cap (Item 1) [Figure 230].
Drain the oil into a container and recycle or dispose of

used oil in an environmentally safe manner.
Install and tighten the oil drain cap (Item 1) [Figure 230].
WARNING
Figure 231 AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
1
WARNING
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any
of the following conditions exist:
S38021 • When fluids are under pressure.
Clean the filter housing surface. • Engine is running.
W-2019-0907
Remove the oil filter (Item 1) [Figure 231].
Put clean oil on the new filter gasket, install the filter and
hand tighten until the gasket contacts the surface, then
an additional 1/2 - 3/4 turn.

173 of 258
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM Checking Level
Check the cooling system every day to prevent over- Stop the engine and allow the engine to cool. Open the
heating, loss of performance or engine damage. engine cover. (See Opening And Closing on Page 160.)
Cleaning Figure 235
Stop the engine and open the engine cover. (See

Opening And Closing on Page 160.)
Figure 233
1
S38010
Check coolant level using the level markers (Item 1)

[Figure 235] on the tank. Coolant must be between MIN
S38023 and MAX level markers when the engine is cold.
NOTE: Always check coolant level before operating

Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 233]. the machine. Lack of engine coolant will
result in engine damage.
Figure 234
NOTE: The cooling system is factory filled with
1 ethylene glycol (EG) coolant. DO NOT mix
3 ethylene glycol with propylene glycol.
Use a refractometer to check the condition of ethylene

glycol in your cooling system.
2 Add premixed coolant to the reservoir if the coolant level

is low. (See Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids on Page 14.)
S38134 IMPORTANT
Raise the condenser (Item 1) (if equipped) and keep in AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE
position by installing the rod (Item 2) [Figure 234] in the Always use the correct ratio of water to antifreeze.
condenser mount.
Too much antifreeze reduces cooling system
Use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of efficiency and may cause serious premature engine
the cooler (Item 3) [Figure 234]. Be careful not to damage.
damage fins.
Too little antifreeze reduces the additives which
NOTE: The cooler is a combined radiator, intercooler protect the internal engine components; reduces the
and hydraulic fluid cooler. boiling point and freeze protection of the system.
NOTE: When cleaning with water, DO NOT aim the Always add a premixed solution. Adding full strength
waterjet directly toward the battery. concentrated coolant can cause serious premature
engine damage.
I-2124-0497

174 of 258
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D) Follow these steps when using concentrated coolant
instead of a ready-to-use premix:
Removing And Replacing The Coolant
• Use a separate container to mix the coolant.
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for correct service • The correct mixture proportions of coolant to provide
intervals. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 153.) a -37°C (-34°F) freeze protection are 50% water and
50% ethylene glycol. For instance, to get 8 L OR
Stop the engine. Open the engine cover. (See Opening 2 U.S. gal of mixture, mix 4 L ethylene glycol with 4 L
And Closing on Page 160.) of water OR 1 U.S. gal ethylene glycol with 1 U.S. gal
of water.
Figure 236 • Add premixed coolant to the coolant tank until the
coolant level reaches the lower marker on the tank
1
Install the coolant fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 236].
NOTE: The coolant fill cap must be tightened until the

cap clicks.
Run the engine until coolant reaches normal operating

temperature. Stop the engine.
Check the coolant level when cool. Add coolant as

S38010 needed. (See Checking Level on Page 172.)
When the engine is cool, remove the coolant fill cap

Figure 237 IMPORTANT

AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE
Always use the correct ratio of water to antifreeze.
Too much antifreeze reduces cooling system

efficiency and may cause serious premature engine
1 damage.
Too little antifreeze reduces the additives which

protect the internal engine components; reduces the
boiling point and freeze protection of the system.
Always add a premixed solution. Adding full strength

concentrated coolant can cause serious premature
S38024 engine damage.
I-2124-0497
Remove the engine block drain plug (Item 1) and drain all
of the coolant into a container. Install and tighten the
engine block drain plug (Item 1) [Figure 237]. Recycle or
dispose of used coolant in an environmentally safe
manner.
WARNING
Add premixed coolant to the coolant tank until the coolant AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
level reaches the MIN marker on the tank. Install the Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any
coolant fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 236]. of the following conditions exist:
• When fluids are under pressure.
• Engine is running.
W-2019-0907

175 of 258
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Figure 239
Description
16 14 12 10 8 4
The telescopic handler has a 12 volt, negative earth 20 7
alternator charging system. The electrical system is 3
protected against an electrical overload by fuses in three
locations. 19
The cause of an overload must be found before starting
the engine again. 18
2
Fuses And Relay Location / Identification 6
5 1
17
The electrical system is protected by fuses and relays in 15 13 11 9
three locations: P119111
• in the cab. (See Cab on Page 175.)

• on the rear frame. (See Frame on Page 174.) The location and description are shown below and in
• in the front right corner of the engine compartment. [Figure 239].
(See Engine Compartment on Page 176.)
REF DESCRIPTION AMP REF DESCRIPTION AMP
Frame
1 Low Speed 7.5 11 Brake Lights R
Figure 238 2 Wheels 5 12 Boom Drain R
Alignment /
Retract Switch
3 Hydraulic Quick- 10 13 Reverse Light / R
1 Tach / Power Lift / Back-up Alarm
Boom Drain
4 Stop Lights / 10 14 Power Lift R
Reverse Light /
2 Back-up Alarm
5 Drive Controller 15 15 Low Speed R
6 Workgroup 15 16 Not Used —
Controller
7 ACD Battery 10 17 Not Used —
Supply
1 8 ACD Ignition 10 18 Not Used —
P119110
Supply
9 Hydraulic Quick- R 19 Not Used —
Remove the two retainer screws (Item 1) (both sides) and Tach
remove the cover (Item 2) [Figure 238] to check or 10 Disable R 20 Not Used —
replace fuses or relays. Hydrostatic Brake
R - Relay

176 of 258
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D) Figure 242
Fuses And Relay Location / Identification (Cont’d)
Cab 5 7 9 11 13 14
1 17
Figure 240
2 18
2 1
3 19
4 20
16 15
6 8 10 12
P119172
1
The location and description are shown below and in
[Figure 242].
S41620
Loosen the retainer screws (Item 1) and remove the REF DESCRIPTION AMP REF DESCRIPTION AMP
console cover (Item 2) [Figure 240]. 1 Boom Work Light / 20 11 Boom Work Lights R
Blue Work Light
Figure 241 2 Cab Work Lights 20 12 Cab Work Lights R
3 Park Lights Right 7.5 13 Rear and Roof 15
Wiper / LLMC /
Radio (Ignition) /
2 Beacon
1
4 Park Lights Left / 7.5 14 Front Wiper / 10
Fog Light Washers /
Emergency Stop /
1 Travel Direction
Lever (if equipped)
5 Not Used — 15 Display Panel / 7,5
LLMI / Diagnostic
Connector /
Joystick /
Switches
S41621
6 Low Beam R 16 Gateway 20
Controller / Starter
Remove retainer screws (Item 1) and remove the cover Switch /
Diagnostic
(Item 2) [Figure 241] to check or replace fuses or relays.
Connector / Radio
/ Dome Light /
Warning Lights
7 Rear Wiper R 17 Suspension Seat 7,5
(If equipped)
8 High Beam R 18 Low / High Beam 15
9 Fan Inverter R 19 Headlights / 15
Direction Lights /
Horn
10 Blue Work Lights R 20 A/C and Heater / 25
Fan Inverter
R - Relay

177 of 258
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D) Battery Maintenance
Fuses And Relay Location / Identification (Cont’d) Figure 244
Engine Compartment
Figure 243
1 3
2 4
P-09589 P-09590
6 7
5
The battery cables must be clean and tight [Figure 244].
Check electrolyte level in the battery. Add distilled water
as needed. Remove acid or corrosion from battery and
cables with sodium bicarbonate (baking soda) and water
solution.
Put Bobcat Battery Saver or grease on the battery

terminals and cable ends to prevent corrosion.
8 9 The battery must be kept charged.
The battery must be kept warm because temperature

affects the cranking power. If the battery is too cold, the
battery will not crank the engine.
S38030
S38060 When the engine is not run for long periods of time or if
S38061
the engine is run for short periods, the battery may not
fully charge. A battery with a low charge will freeze more
easily than a battery with a full charge.
The location and description are shown below and in
[Figure 243].
REF DESCRIPTION AMP

1 Not Used — WARNING
2 Not Used —
3 Starter / Alternator 25 AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on
4 Fuel Shutoff / Fuel Pump / Engine Temp Switch 10
contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and
5 Master Fuse 100 rubber gloves to keep acid off body.
6 Starter Relay R
7 Glow Plug Relay R In case of acid contact, wash immediately with water.
In case of eye contact get prompt medical attention
8 Fuel Shutoff Relay R
and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15
9 Fuel Pump Relay R minutes.
R - Relay If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities

of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get
prompt medical attention.
W-2065-0807

178 of 258
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D) For Standard Battery (If Equipped):
Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting)
If it is necessary to use a booster battery to start the

engine, BE CAREFUL! There must be one person in the
operator’s seat and one person to connect and
IMPORTANT
disconnect the battery cables.
Damage to the alternator can occur if:
The key switch (if equipped) or start switch (if equipped) • Engine is operated with battery cables
must be OFF. The booster battery must be 12 volt. disconnected.
• Battery cables are connected when using a fast
charger or when welding on the Telescopic
WARNING Handler. (Remove both cables from the battery.)
• Extra battery cables (booster cables) are
connected wrong.
BATTERY GAS CAN EXPLODE AND CAUSE I-2345-0311
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away
Figure 246
from batteries. When jumping from booster battery
make final connection (negative) at machine frame.
Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged

battery. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F) before
connecting to a charger. Unplug charger before
connecting or disconnecting cables to battery. Never
lean over battery while boosting, testing or charging.
W-2066-0910
1
Figure 245
2
1
1
P117974
Connect the end of the first cable to the positive (+)

terminal of the booster battery. Connect the other end of
the same cable to the positive (+) terminal (Item 1)
[Figure 246] of the telescopic handler battery.
2
Connect the end of the second cable to the earth (-)
1 terminal of the booster battery. Connect the other end of
the same cable to the earth (-) terminal (Item 2)
S41335 [Figure 246] of the telescopic handler battery.
Keep cables away from moving parts. Start the engine.

Remove the three bolts (Item 1) and remove the battery
cover (Item 2) [Figure 245]. After the engine has started, remove the earth (-) cable
(Item 2) [Figure 246] first.
Installation: Apply Loctite® #242 to the threads of the
bolts (Item 1) [Figure 245] before installation. Remove the cable from the positive (+) terminal (Item 1)
[Figure 246].
Apply Loctite® #242 to the threads of the bolts (Item 1)

and install the battery cover (Item 2) with the three bolts

179 of 258
Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting) (Cont’d)
For Battery With Cold Start (If Equipped):
IMPORTANT
Damage to the alternator can occur if:
• Engine is operated with battery cables 1
disconnected.
• Battery cables are connected when using a fast
charger or when welding on the Telescopic S39417
Handler. (Remove both cables from the battery.)
• Extra battery cables (booster cables) are
connected wrong. Connect the end of the second cable to the earth (-)
I-2345-0311 terminal of the booster battery. Connect the other end of
the same cable to the earth (-) terminal (Item 1)
[Figure 248] on the telescopic handler starter.
Figure 247
Keep cables away from moving parts. Start the engine.
After the engine has started, remove the earth (-) cable
(Item 1) [Figure 248] first.
Remove the cable from the positive (+) terminal (Item 1)

1 [Figure 247].

and install the battery cover (Item 2) with the three bolts
S39416
Connect the end of the first cable to the positive (+)

terminal of the booster battery. Connect the other end of
the same cable to the positive (+) terminal (Item 1)
[Figure 247] of the telescopic handler battery.

180 of 258
Removing And Installing The Battery
For Standard Battery (If Equipped):
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH 2
contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and
1
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.
P117972
In case of acid contact, wash immediately with water.
and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15 Always disconnect the earth (-) cable (Item 1)
minutes. [Figure 250] first to prevent sparks.
If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities Remove the positive (+) battery cable (Item 2)
of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get [Figure 250].
W-2065-0807
Installation: Tighten the bolts to 5 - 10 N•m (44 - 88 in-
lb) torque.
Figure 249
Figure 251
1
1 2
4
4
2
1
1
S41335
P117973

cover (Item 2) [Figure 249]. Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 251].
Installation: Apply Loctite® #242 to the threads of the Remove the bolt securing the hold-down plate (Item 2)
bolts (Item 1) [Figure 249] before installation. [Figure 251] to the frame bottom.
Move the hold down plate (Item 2) including the battery

disconnect switch (Item 3) [Figure 251] out of the way.
Remove the battery.
If needed, remove the two bolts (Item 4) and remove the

battery disconnect switch (Item 3) [Figure 251] from the
hold-down plate.
Installation: Install the bolts (Item 4) and move the

battery disconnect switch (Item 3) [Figure 251] to the far
right of the slots in the hold-down plate. Tighten the bolts
to 9 - 11 N•m (80 - 97 in-lb) torque.

181 of 258
Removing And Installing The Battery (Cont’d)
For Battery With Cold Start (If Equipped): 2
WARNING
contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and 1
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.
S38032
In case of acid contact, wash immediately with water.
and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15 Always disconnect the earth (-) cable (Item 1)
minutes. [Figure 253] first to prevent sparks.
If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities Remove the positive (+) battery cable (Item 2)
of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get [Figure 253].
W-2065-0807
Installation: Tighten the bolts to 5 - 10 N•m (44 - 88 in-
lb) torque.
Figure 252
Figure 254
1
1 1
4
6
1
3
5
S41335
S38032

cover (Item 2) [Figure 252]. Disconnect the connector (Item 1) and remove the cables
from the battery disconnect switch terminals (Item 2)
Installation: Apply Loctite® #242 to the threads of the [Figure 254].
bolts (Item 1) [Figure 252] before installation.
Installation: Tighten the nuts (Item 2) [Figure 254] to
11 - 17 N•m (8 - 12 ft-lb) torque.
Remove the nut (Item 3) [Figure 254].
Remove the bolt (Item 4) located at the back end of the

hold-down plate (Item 5) [Figure 254].
Remove the hold-down plate (Item 5) including the

battery disconnect switch (Item 6) [Figure 254].
Remove the battery.

182 of 258
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D) For All Batteries:
Removing And Installing The Battery (Cont’d) Figure 256
For Battery With Cold Start (If Equipped) (Cont’d)
Figure 255
1
2
1 P-09589 P-09590
3 Always clean the battery terminals and cable ends when

installing a new or used battery [Figure 256].
S38032
When installing the battery, do not touch any metal parts

If needed, remove the two bolts (Item 1) and remove the with the battery terminals.
battery disconnect switch (Item 2) from the hold-down
plate (Item 3) [Figure 255]. Install the battery hold-down plate and tighten the nuts.
Connect and tighten the battery cables. Connect the

Installation: Tighten the bolts to 9 - 11 N•m (80 - 97 in- earth (-) cable last to prevent sparks.
lb) torque.
WARNING
BATTERY GAS CAN EXPLODE AND CAUSE
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away
from batteries. When jumping from booster battery
make final connection (negative) at machine frame.
Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged

battery. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F) before
connecting to a charger. Unplug charger before
connecting or disconnecting cables to battery. Never
lean over battery while boosting, testing or charging.
W-2066-0910

183 of 258
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM Figure 259
Checking And Adding Fluid
Use only recommended fluid in the hydraulic system.

(See Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids on Page 14.) 1
Completely retract and lower the boom. Tilt the

attachment carrier.
Stop the machine on a level surface.
Stop the engine.
Oil must be at ambient temperature for this procedure.

P119114
Figure 257
Remove the fill / breather cap (Item 1) [Figure 259].
Add fluid until it is at the centre of the sight gauge (Item 1)

[Figure 257].
Reinstall the fill / breather cap (Item 1) [Figure 259].
1 Reinstall the cover (Item 2) with the three bolts (Item 1)

[Figure 258].
P119112
WARNING
Check the fluid level at the sight gauge (Item 1)
[Figure 257].
Figure 258
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
2
1
1
1
P119113
Remove the three bolts (Item 1) and the cover (Item 2)

[Figure 258].

maximum 16 N•m (12 ft-lb) torque.

184 of 258
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) Remove the reservoir drain plug (Item 1) [Figure 260]
behind the left front wheel and drain the fluid into a
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid container. Recycle or dispose of the fluid in an
environmentally safe manner.
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service
intervals. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 153.) Put a new seal on the drain plug. Install the drain plug
(Item 1) [Figure 260] and tighten.
Replace the fluid if it becomes contaminated or after
major repair. Figure 261
Use only recommended fluid in the hydraulic system.
(See Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids on Page 14.)
2
Always replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter whenever 1
the hydraulic fluid is replaced. (See Removing And
Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter on Page 184.)
WARNING
1
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH 1
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can P119113
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do Remove the three bolts (Item 1) and the cover (Item 2)
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid [Figure 261].
from a doctor familiar with this injury. Installation: Tighten the bolts (Item 1) [Figure 261] to
W-2072-EN-0909 maximum 16 N•m (12 ft-lb) torque.
Figure 262
WARNING
1
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
Figure 260
P119114
Remove the fill / breather cap (Item 1) [Figure 262]
Add fluid until it is at the centre of the sight gauge (Item 2)

[Figure 260].
Install the fill / breather cap (Item 1) [Figure 262].
1 Install the cover (Item 2) with the three bolts (Item 1)

[Figure 261].
P119220

185 of 258
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) Figure 264
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic

Filter
1
intervals. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 153.)
NOTE: The hydraulic filter is equipped with a valve

that allows to change the filter without having
to drain the hydraulic tank.
Figure 263
2 P119115
1
Figure 265
1
2
1
1
P119113
Remove the three bolts (Item 1) and the cover (Item 2) 1

[Figure 263].
P119173
Remove the four bolts (Item 1) [Figure 264] and
[Figure 265] and the cover (Item 2) [Figure 265].
Place a container below the filter to collect spilled fluid.

Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally
safe manner.
Figure 266
P119174
Remove the cap (Item 1) [Figure 266].

186 of 258
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) Fill / Breather Cap
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct
Filter (Cont’d) replacement interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on
Page 153.)
Figure 267
Figure 268
2
1
1
1
P119175 1
P119113
Remove the filter element (Item 1) [Figure 267] and

discard.
Remove the three bolts (Item 1) and the cover (Item 2)
[Figure 268].
Install a new filter element ensuring that the element is
fully seated in the filter base.
NOTE: Make sure to have a new filter element ready
before start of procedure to avoid excess fluid
Figure 269
spill.
Install the cap and hand tighten.
Fill the hydraulic reservoir. (See Checking And Adding 1

Fluid on Page 182.)
Start the engine and let the engine run for one minute
(low idle) before operating the boom hydraulics.
Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter. Check
the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed. (See
Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 182.)
Install the covers.

P119114
Remove the fill / breather cap (Item 1) [Figure 269].

WARNING Install the new fill / breather cap (Item 1) [Figure 269].
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Install the cover (Item 2) with the three bolts (Item 1)
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, [Figure 268].
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

187 of 258
AXLES (FRONT AND REAR) Removing And Replacing Oil (Planetary Carrier)
Checking And Adding Oil (Planetary Carrier) See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 153.)
Figure 270
Figure 271
P119177
P119176
Put the machine on a level surface with the plug (Item 1)

[Figure 270] positioned as shown. Put the machine on a level surface with the plug (Item 1)
[Figure 271] positioned as shown.
Clean the plug (Item 1) [Figure 270] and the surrounding
surface. Clean the plug (Item 1) [Figure 271] and the surrounding
surface.
Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 270]. The oil level
should be at the bottom edge of the plug hole. Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 271] and drain oil into
a container. Recycle or dispose of the used lubricant in
Add oil through the hole if the oil level is below the hole. an environmentally safe manner.
For oil capacity, (See Fluid Capacities on Page 239.). For Reposition the plug hole as shown in [Figure 270] and
oil type, (See Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids on Page 14.) add gear lube until the lube level is at the bottom edge of
the plug hole (Item 1) [Figure 270].
Install and tighten the plug to 35 - 50 N•m (26 - 37 ft-lb)
torque. For oil capacity, (See Fluid Capacities on Page 239.). For
oil type, (See Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids on Page 14.)
Repeat the procedure for the other three planetary
carriers. Install and tighten the plug to 35 - 50 N•m (26 - 37 ft-lb)
torque.
Repeat the procedure for the other planetary carriers.

188 of 258
AXLES (FRONT AND REAR) (CONT’D) Removing And Replacing Oil (Rear Differential)
Checking And Adding Oil (Rear Differential) See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 153.) Figure 273
Figure 272
1 1
P119121
P119122
Put the machine on a level surface.
Put the machine on a level surface. Clean the plug (Item 1) [Figure 273] and the surrounding
surface.
surface. Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 273] and drain oil into
Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 272]. The oil level an environmentally safe manner.
should be at the bottom edge of the plug hole.
Install and tighten the plug (Item 1) [Figure 273] to 35 -
Add oil through the hole if the oil level is below the hole. 50 N•m (26 - 37 ft-lb) torque.
For oil type, (See Fluid Capacities on Page 239.). Figure 274

torque.
P119122
Add oil through the hole (Item 1) [Figure 274] until it is to

the bottom of the plug hole.
For oil capacity, (See Fluid Capacities on Page 239.).

For oil type, (See Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids on Page
14.)

torque.

189 of 258
AXLES (FRONT AND REAR) (CONT’D) Removing And Replacing Oil (Front Differential)
Checking And Adding Oil (Front Differential) See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 153.) Figure 276
Figure 275
1
1
P119118
P119118
surface.
Install and tighten the plug (Item 1) [Figure 276] to 35 -
Add oil through the hole if the oil level is below the hole. 50 N•m (26 - 37 ft-lb) torque.
For oil type, (See Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids on Page Add oil through the hole (Item 1) [Figure 275] until it is to
14.) the bottom of the plug hole.
Install and tighten the plug to 35 - 50 N•m (26 - 37 ft-lb) For oil capacity, (See Fluid Capacities on Page 239.).
torque. For oil type, (See Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids on Page
14.)

torque.

190 of 258
AXLES (FRONT AND REAR) (CONT’D) Removing And Replacing Oil (Reduction Box)
Checking And Adding Oil (Reduction Box) Figure 278
Figure 277
P119119
P119119
surface.
Install and tighten the plug (Item 1) [Figure 278].
Add oil through the hole if the oil level is below the hole.
Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 277] and add oil
For oil capacity, (See Fluid Capacities on Page 239.). through the hole until it is to the bottom of the plug hole.
14.) For oil capacity, (See Fluid Capacities on Page 239.).
Install and tighten the plug. 14.)
Install and tighten the plug (Item 1) [Figure 277].

191 of 258
ALTERNATOR BELT Figure 281
Belt Adjustment
The alternator belt is a special maintenance free type

that is pretensioned over the pulleys. This belt eliminates
the need for tensioning device and does not require
periodic adjustment. Refer to the service schedule (See
SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 153.) and contact your
Bobcat dealer for replacement parts. 2 2
Belt Checking
Check the whole belt drive visually for damage. Replace

damaged parts. (See Belt Replacement on Page 190.)
S38683
Belt Replacement
Stop the engine and open the engine cover. (See Remove the lower alternator mounting bolt (Item 1)
Opening And Closing on Page 160.) [Figure 280] and loosen the two top alternator mounting
bolts (Item 2) [Figure 281].
Remove the air conditioning belt. (See Belt Replacement
on Page 191.) Move the alternator toward the engine as far as it will go
and remove the belt from the pulleys. Inspect the pulleys
Figure 279 for wear.
2 Install new belt.

and install the top and bottom alternator mounting bolts
(Items 1 and 2) [Figure 280] and [Figure 281]. Do not
yet fully tighten.
Use a wedge or prybar to move the alternator until the

1 bottom alternator mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 280]
1 can be installed. Tighten the bolt.
Tighten the top alternator mounting bolts (Item 2)

[Figure 281].
S38046
Install the air conditioning belt. (See Belt Replacement on
Page 191.)
Remove the two bolts (Item 1) and cover (Item 2)
[Figure 279]. Install the cover (Item 2) [Figure 279].
Figure 280 Close the engine cover.
After belt replacement let the engine run for 15 minutes

and check the alternator belt. (See Belt Checking on
Page 190.)
S38738

192 of 258
AIR CONDITIONING BELT Figure 284
Belt Adjustment
The air conditioning belt is a special maintenance free

type that is pretensioned over the pulleys. This belt
eliminates the need for a tensioning device and does not 1
require periodic adjustment. Contact your Bobcat dealer
for replacement parts.
Belt Replacement
Stop the engine and open the engine cover. (See

Opening And Closing on Page 160.)
Figure 282 S39386
2
Remove the bottom mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 284]
from the compressor.
Figure 285
3 1
2
1
1
S38046
Remove the two bolts (Item 1) and cover (Item 2)

[Figure 282].
Figure 283 S39153
1 Loosen the rear compressor mounting bolt (Item 1)

[Figure 285].
1
Remove the front compressor mounting bolt (Item 2)
[Figure 285].
Tilt the compressor until the air conditioning belt can be

2 removed. Remove the air conditioning belt (Item 3)
[Figure 285].
Install a new belt.

1
S39152
Remove the three bolts (Item 1) and belt cover (Item 2)

[Figure 283].

193 of 258
AIR CONDITIONING BELT (CONT’D) ALTERNATOR
Belt Replacement (Cont’d) Inspection
Figure 286 • Inspect the alternator for loose connections and

correct battery charging.
1
• Check the battery voltage during engine operation
(See page 55.) in order to ensure correct battery
performance and correct performance of the electrical
system. Repair as needed.
• Check the alternator for correct operation. If the

battery is correctly charged, the battery voltage
should read approximately 12 volt.
S39165A
S39386
Use a prybar under the compressor to tension the air

conditioning belt until the bottom mounting bolt (Item 1)
[Figure 286] can be installed.
Install and tighten the bottom mounting bolt (Item 1)

[Figure 286].
Tighten the rear (Item 1) [Figure 285] mounting bolt.
Install and tighten the front (Item 2) [Figure 285]

mounting bolt.
Install the belt cover (Item 2) and tighten the bolts

Install the cover (Item 2) and tighten the bolts (Item 1)

[Figure 282].

194 of 258
TYRE MAINTENANCE Wheel Replacement
Wheel Nuts Always park the machine on a level surface. STOP the
engine.
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the service interval to
check the wheel nuts. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on
Page 153.) WARNING
Figure 287
MACHINE FALLING OR MOVING CAN CAUSE
Put jackstands under the front and rear of the
machine before running engine for service.
W-2718-0208
Front Wheels
Figure 288
P119120
The correct wheel nut tightening torque is 360 N•m

(266 ft-lb) [Figure 287].
Rotating
Check the tyres regularly for wear, damage and pressure.

For the correct tyre pressure (See Traction on Page P119182
238.).
Rear tyres usually wear faster than front tyres. To keep Put the floor jack under the left side of the front axle. Lift
the wear even, move the front wheels to the rear and rear the telescopic handler and install the first jackstand
wheels to the front. [Figure 288].
It is important to keep the same size tyres on each side of Figure 289
the telescopic handler. If different sizes are used, each
tyre will be turning at a different rate and cause excessive
wear. The tread bars of all the tyres must face the same
direction.
Recommended tyre pressure must be maintained to

avoid excessive tyre wear and loss of stability and
handling capacity. Check for the correct pressure before
operating the telescopic handler.
P119183
Put the floor jack under the right side of the front axle. Lift
the telescopic handler and install the second jackstand
[Figure 289].
Remove the eight wheel nuts and replace the wheel.

Install the wheel nuts and tighten using a crisscross
pattern to 360 N•m (266 ft-lb) torque.

195 of 258
TYRE MAINTENANCE (CONT’D) Mounting
Wheel Replacement (Cont’d) To change the size of the tyres, contact your Bobcat
dealer.
Rear Wheels
Tyres are to be repaired only by an authorised person
Figure 290 using the correct procedures and type of equipment.
Tyres and rims must always be checked for correct size

before mounting. Check rim and tyre bead for damage.
The rim flange must be cleaned and free of rust. The tyre
bead and rim flange must be lubricated with a rubber
lubricant before mounting the tyre.
Avoid excessive pressure which can rupture the tyre and

cause serious injury or death.
During inflation of the tyre, check the tyre pressure

frequently to avoid over inflation.
Pressure
P119184
For correct inflation, (See Traction on Page 238.).
Put the floor jack under the centre of the counterweight.

Lift the telescopic handler and install jackstands
[Figure 290].
WARNING
Remove the eight wheel nuts and replace the wheel.
Install the wheel nuts and tighten in a crisscross pattern AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
to 360 N•m (266 ft-lb) torque. Do not inflate tyres above specified pressure. Failure
to use correct tyre mounting procedure can cause an
explosion which can result in injury or death.
W-2078-EN-0909
IMPORTANT
Inflate tires to the MAXIMUM pressure shown on the
sidewall of the tire. DO NOT mix brands of tires used
on the same machine.
I-2057-1010

196 of 258
LUBRICATING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER Figure 293
Lubrication Locations
Lubricate as specified in the SERVICE SCHEDULE for

the best performance of the machine. (See SERVICE
1
Record the operating hours each time you lubricate so 1
that it is performed at the correct interval.
Always use a good quality lithium based multipurpose

grease. Apply lubricant until extra grease shows.
Remove the attachment from the telescopic handler

before lubricating. (See Installing And Removing The 2 P119123
Attachment (Manual Lock) on Page 118.) (See Installing
And Removing The Attachment (Hydraulic Lock) on Page
121.) Attachment Carrier Pivot (Item 1) [Figure 293] (Both
Sides).
Lubricate the following locations on the telescopic
handler: Tilt Cylinder Rod End (Item 2) [Figure 293].
1
1
P118200 P119124
Axle Pivots - Top and bottom (Item 1) [Figure 291] all Remove the front cover from the boom end.
four wheels.
Tilt Cylinder Base End (Item 1) [Figure 294].
Figure 292
1
1
P119135 P119136
Axle Oscillation - Rear Axle (Item 1) [Figure 292].

197 of 258
LUBRICATING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER Figure 297
(CONT’D)
Lubrication Locations (Cont’d)
Figure 295
1
2 1
P119127
Boom Pivot (Item 1) [Figure 297].
P119125
NOTE: Raise the boom and install the approved

Boom Stop before lubricating the Lift and
Self-levelling (Compensation) Cylinders. (See
Installing The Approved Boom Stop on Page
159.)
Lift Cylinder Rod End (Item 1) and Self-levelling Cylinder

Rod End (Item 2) [Figure 295].
Figure 296
2
1
P119185
Lift Cylinder Base End (Item 1) and Self-levelling Cylinder

Base End (Item 2) [Figure 295].

198 of 258
LUBRICATING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER Rear Pads Lubrication
(CONT’D)
Figure 299
Front Pads Lubrication
Figure 298
1 1
1 1
P119129
P119186 Top rear pads (Item 1) (four locations) [Figure 299] can
be greased by using a greaser.
Fully extend and lower the boom. To lubricate the bottom rear pads (four locations)
[Figure 299] that are not accessible in the above step:
Direction on Page 46.) Make sure the parking brake is Partially extend and fully lower boom.
engine and exit the telescopic handler. (See STOPPING Put the Travel Direction Control in NEUTRAL. (See Travel
THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE TELESCOPIC Direction on Page 46.) Make sure the parking brake is
HANDLER on Page 96.) engaged. (See PARKING BRAKE on Page 65.) Stop the
Use a brush to lubricate the outside of the inner booms. THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE TELESCOPIC
Use a brush to lubricate the inside of the boom.

199 of 258
ATTACHMENT CARRIER Figure 302
Inspection And Maintenance
Figure 300
1
1
P119233
The telescopic handler attachment hydraulic locking pins

P119231 (if equipped) (Item 1) [Figure 302] (both sides) must
move freely. The pins must not be bent or the ends
deformed.
The attachment carrier mounting hooks (Item 1)
[Figure 300] (both sides) must not be damaged or worn. Figure 303
Inspect attachment carrier condition. Replace as needed.
Figure 301
1
P119750
P119232 The pins (if equipped) (Item 1) [Figure 303] (both sides)
must extend through the holes in the attachment
mounting frame.
The stop block (Item 1) [Figure 301] (both sides) must
not be damaged or worn. Inspect stop plate condition. Lubricate the attachment carrier. (See SERVICE
Replace as needed. SCHEDULE on Page 153.) (See LUBRICATING THE
TELESCOPIC HANDLER on Page 195.)

200 of 258
TELESCOPIC HANDLER STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE
Storage Return To Service
Sometimes it can be necessary to store your Bobcat After the Bobcat telescopic handler has been in storage,
telescopic handler for an extend period of time. Below is it is necessary to follow a list of items to return the
a list of items to perform before storage. telescopic handler to service.
• Thoroughly clean the telescopic handler including the • Check the engine and hydraulic fluid levels; check
engine compartment. coolant level.
• Store the attachments in a dry protected shelter. • Install a fully charged battery.
• Lubricate the telescopic handler. • Remove grease from exposed cylinder rods.
• Replace worn or damaged parts. • Check all belt tensions.
• Park the telescopic handler in a dry protected shelter. • Be sure all shields and guards are in place.
• Lower the boom all the way and put the attachment (if • Lubricate the telescopic handler.
equipped) flat on the ground.
• Check tyre inflation and remove blocks from under
• Check tyre inflation and put blocks under the frame to frame.
remove weight from the tyres.
• Remove cover from exhaust pipe opening.
• Put grease on any exposed cylinder rods.
• Start the engine and let run for a few minutes while
• Put fuel stabiliser in the fuel tank and run the engine observing the instrument panels and systems for
a few minutes to circulate the stabiliser to the pump correct operation.
and fuel injectors.
• Operate machine, check for correct function.
If biodiesel blend fuel has been used, perform the
following: • Stop the engine and check for leaks. Repair as
needed.
Drain the fuel tank, refill with 100% petroleum diesel
fuel, add fuel stabiliser and run the engine for at least
30 minutes.
• Drain and flush the cooling system. Refill with

premixed coolant.
• Replace all fluids and filters (engine, hydraulic /

hydrostatic).
• Replace air cleaner, heater and air conditioning filters.
• Put all controls in NEUTRAL position.
• Remove the battery. Be sure the electrolyte level is

correct then charge the battery. Store it in a cool dry
place above freezing temperatures and charge it
periodically during storage.
• Cover the exhaust pipe opening.
• Tag the machine to indicate that it is in storage

condition.

201 of 258
202 of 258
SYSTEM SETUP AND ANALYSIS
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Viewing Service Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Service Codes List - Gateway Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Service Codes List - Drive Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Service Codes List - Workgroup Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Service Codes List - Auxiliary Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Service Codes List - Display Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Service Codes List - LLMI Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Service Codes List - LLMC Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
PASSWORD SETUP (KEYPAD PANEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Password Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Changing The Owner, User 1 And User 2 Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Password Lockout Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
MAINTENANCE CLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

203 of 258
204 of 258
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES The following letter codes may be displayed:
Viewing Service Codes

CODE DESCRIPTION
Figure 304 The controller is asking for a password. (Keypad

CODE
only.)
4 ERROR The wrong password was entered. (Keypad only.)

3
REPLY The panel does not communicate with controllers.
SHTDN A shutdown condition exists.
STOP The emergency button is pressed.
2
WAIT The air heater is active during engine preheating.
1 Press the information button (Item 1) [Figure 304] to

return to the engine hour menu.
P122916
Press the information button (Item 1) to cycle the display

screen (Item 2) [Figure 304] until the engine hour menu
is displayed. (See Display Screen on Page 54.)
Press and hold the information button (Item 1)

[Figure 304] for three seconds until the Service Codes
appear on the display screen.
If more than one Service Code is present, the codes will

scroll on the display screen.
NOTE: Corrosion or loose earth can cause multiple

service codes and / or abnormal symptoms.
All instrument panel lights flashing, alarm
sounding, headlights and rear lights flashing,
could indicate a bad earth. The same
symptoms could apply if the voltage is low,
such as loose or corroded battery cables. If
you observe these symptoms, check earth
and positive leads first.
Service Codes can be either a word (Item 3) or a number

(Item 4) [Figure 304]. (See Service Codes List -
Gateway Controller on Page 204.)

205 of 258
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)
Service Codes List - Gateway Controller
The gateway controller is located in the cab, behind the right Instrument and Indicator Panel.
CODE DESCRIPTION RESULTS

M0309 Battery voltage low All functions allowed
M0310 Battery voltage high All functions allowed
M0311 Battery voltage Extremely high All functions allowed
M0314 Battery voltage Extremely low All functions allowed
M0322 Battery voltage out of range low All functions allowed
M0414 Engine oil pressure Extremely low All functions allowed
M0415 Engine oil pressure Shutdown Engine shutdown
M0610 Engine speed high All functions allowed
M0611 Engine Speed Extremely high All functions allowed
M0613 Engine Speed no Signal Drive disabled
M0615 Engine Speed Shutdown Engine shutdown
M0618 Engine Speed out of range All functions allowed
M0710 Hydraulic oil temperature high All functions allowed
M0711 Hydraulic oil temperature Extremely high Drive reduced
M0715 Hydraulic oil temperature Shutdown Drive reduced
M0810 Engine Coolant temperature high All functions allowed
M0811 Engine Coolant temperature Extremely high All functions allowed
M0815 Engine Coolant temperature Shutdown Engine shutdown
M0821 Engine Coolant temperature Out Of Range high All functions allowed
M0822 Engine Coolant temperature Out Of Range low All functions allowed
M0909 Fuel Level low All functions allowed
M0921 Fuel Level Out Of Range high All functions allowed
M0922 Fuel Level Out Of Range low All functions allowed
M1302 Fuel Pump output error ON Not allowed to crank the engine until next key cycle
M1303 Fuel Pump output error OFF Engine shutdown
M1402 Fuel Solenoid output error ON Not allowed to crank the engine until next key cycle
M1403 Fuel Solenoid output error OFF Engine shutdown
M1428 Fuel Solenoid output Internal failure Engine shutdown
M1502 Fuel Solenoid relay error ON Not allowed to crank the engine until next key cycle.
M1503 Fuel Solenoid relay error OFF Engine shutdown
M1602 Front Alignment Lamp output error ON All functions allowed
M1603 Front Alignment Lamp output error OFF All functions allowed
M1702 Rear Alignment Lamp output error ON All functions allowed
M1703 Rear Alignment Lamp output error OFF All functions allowed
M2102 Glow Plug output error ON All functions allowed
if STB : Glow plugs are always active
M2103 Glow Plug output error OFF Glow plug function disabled
M2202 Starter output error ON On ignition, starter is active but engine doesn't crank.
M2203 Starter output error OFF Engine doesn't crank
M2207 Starter output open circuit Engine doesn't crank
M2302 Starter relay error ON On ignition, starter is active but engine doesn't crank
M2303 Starter relay error OFF Engine doesn't crank

206 of 258
Service Codes List - Gateway Controller (Cont’d)

M2405 Crab valve output short to battery Drive reduced
M2406 Crab valve output short to ground All functions allowed excepted Crab function
M2407 Crab valve output open circuit All functions allowed excepted Crab function
M2505 4 Wheels valve short to battery Drive reduced
M2506 4 Wheels valve short to ground 4 Wheels steer mode not available
M2507 4 Wheels valve open circuit 4 Wheels steer mode not available
M2648 Steer Mode switch Multiple inputs active All functions allowed
M2702 Fan Inverter output error on Fan inverter is active
M2703 Fan Inverter output error OFF Fan Inverter not available
M2707 Fan Inverter output open circuit Fan Inverter not available
M2805 Fan PWM output short to battery Fan Inverter not available
M2806 Fan PWM output short to ground Fan Inverter not available
M2807 Fan PWM Output open circuit Fan Inverter not available
M2832 Fan PWM output overcurrent Fan Inverter not available
M3128 Interrupted Power Failure Engine shutdown
M3204 Workgroup controller no communication Workgroup functions disabled
M3404 Display controller no communication No information displayed
M3704 Drive controller no communication Drive functions & Aux functions disabled
M3905 Cab Buzzer Short To Battery Cab Buzzer disabled
M4109 Alternator voltage low All functions allowed
M4110 Alternator voltage high All functions allowed
M4304 Keypad KSS no communication Engine cranking not allowed (if previously locked)
M4405 Brake Fail Electric Lamp Short To Battery Brake Fail Electric Lamp (orange) disabled
M4505 Brake Fail Electric Lamp Short To Battery Brake Fail Electric Lamp (red) disabled
M4721 Sensor Supply Out Of Range high Impact on Inching function
M4722 Sensor Supply Out Of Range low Impact on Inching function
M4805 Worklights output error on Worklights permanently lighted on
M4806 Worklights output error off Worklights not available
M4902 Blue lights Output Short To Battery or Open Circuit Blue Lights permanently lighted on
M4903 Blue lights Output Short To Ground Blue Lights not available
M5205 Electronic battery Disconnect output open circuit or If open circuit: no power supply
short to battery If short to battery: Electronic Battery Disconnect
always closed: all functions allowed but it could stay
closed when the key switch is off.
M5206 Electronic battery Disconnect output short to No power supply on the machine
ground
M5207 Electronic battery Disconnect output open circuit No power supply on the machine
M5302 Electronic battery Disconnect stuck Machine always supplied although key switch off
M5303 Electronic battery Disconnect open error (unstuck) No power supply on the machine
M6105 Safety valve short to battery Workgroup functions disabled
M6106 Safety valve short to ground Workgroup functions disabled
M6107 Safety valve open circuit Workgroup functions disabled
M6132 Safety valve overcurrent Workgroup functions disabled
M7748 Multiple key on active (service tool & keyswitch) Not allowed to crank the engine

207 of 258
Service Codes List - Gateway Controller (Cont’d)

M9999 Bad constant data table Gateway function disabled
not able to crank the engine

208 of 258
Service Codes List - Drive Controller
The drive controller is located between the boom and the cab, next to the front frame fuse box.

D0217 Hydraulic filter plugged All functions allowed
D0321 Battery voltage Out Of Range high All functions disabled
D0322 Battery voltage Out Of Range low All functions disabled
D0421 Inching pedal Out Of Range high Drive reduced to 20% inching
D0422 Inching pedal Out Of Range low Drive reduced to 20% inching
D0428 Inching pedal In error Drive reduced to 30% inching
D0605 Vehicle Speed Short To Battery No Vehicle Speed available, gear shift allowed only at
NEUTRAL
D0606 Vehicle Speed Short To Ground No Vehicle Speed available, gear shift allowed only at
NEUTRAL
D0607 Vehicle Speed Open Circuit No Vehicle Speed available, gear shift allowed only at
NEUTRAL
D0611 Vehicle Speed Extremely High Drive disabled then Engine shutdown after 10 s
D0613 Vehicle Speed No Signal No Vehicle Speed available, gear shift allowed only at
NEUTRAL
D0721 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Out Of Range High All functions allowed
D0722 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Out Of Range Low All functions allowed
D0909 Park Brake Pressure Low Drive disabled (parking brake is detected applied)
D0910 Park Brake Pressure High All functions allowed
D0911 Park Brake Pressure Extremely High All functions allowed
D0921 Park Brake Pressure Out of Range High All functions allowed
D0922 Park Brake Pressure Out of Range Low All functions allowed
D1005 Passive Brake Output Short To Battery Drive reduced to 30% inching
D1006 Passive Brake Output Short To Ground Park Brake is applied
D1032 Passive Brake Output Overcurrent Park Brake is applied
D1128 Park Brake Dashboard Switch in error Activation / Deactivation of Park Brake with switch not
possible
D1145 Park Brake Dashboard Switch disagree Activation / Deactivation of Park Brake with switch not
possible
D1402 Brake light output error on All functions allowed
D1403 Brake light output error off All functions allowed
D1407 Brake light output open circuit All functions allowed
D1433 Brake light output Internal failure All functions allowed
D1502 Brake light relay error on All functions allowed
D1503 Brake light relay error off All functions allowed
D1605 Drive pump forward coil short to battery Drive disabled
D1606 Drive pump forward coil short to ground Forward disabled
D1607 Drive pump forward coil open circuit Forward disabled
D1632 Drive pump forward coil overcurrent Drive disabled
D1705 Drive pump reverse coil short to battery Drive disabled
D1706 Drive pump reverse coil short to ground Reverse disabled
D1707 Drive pump reverse coil open circuit Reverse disabled
D1732 Drive pump reverse coil overcurrent Drive disabled

209 of 258
Service Codes List - Drive Controller (Cont’d)

D2002 Low speed output (hydraulic motor) error on Drive reduced to 30% inching
D2003 Low speed output (hydraulic motor) error off Drive reduced to 30% inching
D2007 Low speed output (hydraulic motor) open circuit Drive reduced to 30% inching
D2033 Low speed output (hydraulic motor) controller Drive reduced to 30% inching
Internal failure
D2102 Low speed relay error on Drive reduced to 30% inching
D2103 Low speed relay error off Drive reduced to 30% inching
D2202 Defeat valve output (hydraulic motor) error on All functions allowed
D2203 Defeat valve output (hydraulic motor) error off All functions allowed
D2207 Defeat valve output (hydraulic motor) open circuit All functions allowed
D2233 Defeat valve output controller Internal failure All functions allowed
D2302 Defeat valve relay error on All functions allowed
D2303 Defeat valve relay error off All functions allowed
D3204 Workgroup controller no communication Aux disabled
D3304 Gateway controller no communication All functions disabled
D3404 Display controller no communication All functions disabled
D3723 Programming or constant data invalid Drive disabled
D3728 Controller failure Drive disabled
D3796 Interrupted power All functions allowed
D3797 Controller programmed All functions allowed
D4004 Joystick no communication Drive disabled / Boom movement disabled
D4011 Joystick right roller out of NEUTRAL (auxiliary) Aux disabled
D4028 Joystick Grip Fault Drive disabled / Boom movement disabled
D4113 FNR lever no Signal Drive disabled
D4128 FNR multiple inputs active Drive disabled
D4621 Voltage sensor 5V Out Of Range high All functions disabled
D4622 Voltage sensor 5V Out Of Range low All functions disabled
D5521 Swash plate Sensor1 Out Of Range high Drive reduced
D5522 Swash plate Sensor1 Out Of Range low Drive reduced
D5621 Swash plate Sensor2 Out Of Range high Drive reduced
D5622 Swash plate Sensor2 Out Of Range low Drive reduced
D5715 Swash plate shutdown Engine shutdown
D5744 Swash plate dual fault Drive reduced
D5745 Swash plate disagree Drive reduced
D5746 Swash plate unresponsive Drive disabled
D5786 Swash plate safe stop failure Electrical park brake is applied automatically to stop
the machine.
D5815 Safe start shutdown Engine shutdown
D5824 Safe start swash out of NEUTRAL Engine cranking not allowed or engine shutdown

210 of 258
Service Codes List - Drive Controller (Cont’d)

D6202 Creep light error on All functions allowed
D6203 Creep light error off All functions allowed
D6302 Creep switch error on All functions allowed
D7002 High/low speed switch error on (left lever) All functions allowed
D7209 Service Brake Pressure Low Emergency Brake enabled
D7210 Service Brake Pressure High All functions allowed
D7214 Service Brake Pressure Extremely Low All functions allowed
D7221 Service Brake Pressure Out of Range High All functions allowed
D7222 Service Brake Pressure Out of Range Low All functions allowed
D7309 Service brake reserve pressure low All functions allowed
D7310 Service brake reserve pressure high All functions allowed
D7321 Service brake reserve pressure Out Of Range high All functions allowed
D7322 Service brake reserve pressure Out Of Range low All functions allowed
D7605 Aux female output short to battery Aux disabled
D7606 Aux female output short to ground Aux disabled
D7607 Aux female output open circuit Aux disabled
D7632 Aux female output overcurrent Aux disabled
D7705 Aux male output short to battery Aux disabled
D7706 Aux male output short to ground Aux disabled
D7707 Aux male output open circuit Aux disabled
D7732 Aux male output overcurrent Aux disabled
D9199 Swash plate neutral range calibration required (drive All functions allowed
pump)
D9299 Swash plate maximal range calibration required All functions allowed
(drive pump)
D9999 Bad constant data Table Not applicable

211 of 258
Service Codes List - Workgroup Controller
The workgroup controller is located in the rear frame, left of the boom.

W0321 Battery Voltage Out Of Range high Workgroup disabled
W0322 Battery Voltage Out Of Range low Workgroup disabled
W0721 Hydraulic oil temperature Out Of Range high All functions allowed
W0722 Hydraulic oil temperature Out Of Range low All functions allowed
W2205 Lift up output short to battery Lift Up disabled
W2206 Lift up output short to ground Lift Up disabled
W2207 Lift up output open circuit Lift Up disabled
W2232 Lift up output overcurrent Lift Up disabled
W2305 Lift down output short to battery Lift Down disabled
W2306 Lift down output short to ground Lift Down disabled
W2307 Lift down output open circuit Lift Down disabled
W2332 Lift down output overcurrent Lift Down disabled
W2405 Tilt out output short to battery Tilt Out disabled
W2406 Tilt out output short to ground Tilt Out disabled
W2407 Tilt out output open circuit Tilt Out disabled
W2432 Tilt out output overcurrent Tilt Out disabled
W2505 Tilt back output short to battery Tilt Back disabled
W2506 Tilt back output short to ground Tilt Back disabled
W2507 Tilt back output open circuit Tilt Back disabled
W2532 Tilt back output overcurrent Tilt Back disabled
W2605 Extend output short to battery Extend disabled
W2606 Extend output short to ground Extend disabled
W2607 Extend output open circuit Extend disabled
W2632 Extend output overcurrent Extend disabled
W2705 Retract output short to battery Retract disabled
W2706 Retract output short to ground Retract disabled
W2707 Retract output open circuit Retract disabled
W2732 Retract output overcurrent Retract disabled
W3223 Programming or constant data invalid Workgroup disabled
W3228 Controller failure Workgroup disabled
W3296 Interrupted power All functions allowed
W3297 Controller programmed All functions allowed
W3304 Gateway controller no communication Workgroup disabled
W3404 Display controller no communication Workgroup disabled
W3704 Drive controller no communication Auxiliary disabled
W3804 LLMC no communication Workgroup reduced
W3818 LLMC out of range Workgroup reduced
W3844 LLMC not matching Workgroup reduced
W3845 LLMC not matching level 2 Aggravating movements disabled
W3904 LLMI no communication Workgroup reduced
W3918 LLMI out of range Workgroup reduced

212 of 258
Service Codes List - Workgroup Controller (Cont’d)

W4004 Joystick no communication Workgroup disabled
W4005 Joystick X axis out of NEUTRAL (tilt) Tilt disabled
W4007 Joystick Y axis out of NEUTRAL (lift) Lift disabled
W4010 Joystick left roller out of NEUTRAL (extend retract) Extend and retract disabled
W4028 Joystick Grip Fault Extend and retract disabled
W4621 Vsensor 5V supply Out Of Range high Workgroup disabled
W4622 Vsensor 5V supply Out Of Range low Workgroup disabled
W6521 Boom angle 1 Out Of Range high All functions allowed
W6522 Boom angle 1 Out Of Range low All functions allowed
W6621 Boom angle 2 Out Of Range high All functions allowed
W6622 Boom angle 2 Out Of Range low All functions allowed
W6744 Boom angle in error All functions allowed
W6798 Boom angle calibration performed All functions allowed
W6799 Boom angle calibration required All functions allowed
W6802 Boom retract switch short to battery All functions allowed
W6803 Boom retract switch short to ground or open circuit All functions allowed
W6902 Boom retract switch 2 Short to Battery Cushion Retract Disabled
W6903 Boom retract switch 2 Short to Ground or Open Cushion Retract Disabled
Circuit
W6928 Boom retract switch 2 In Error Cushion Retract Disabled
W8005 Power quick-tach output short to battery Power quick-tach disabled
W8006 Power quick-tach output short to ground Power quick-tach disabled
W8007 Power quick-tach output open circuit Power quick-tach disabled
W8128 Power quick-tach switch in error Quick-tach disabled
W8702 Power quick-tach boom output error on Quick-tach disabled
W8703 Power quick-tach boom output error off Quick-tach disabled
W8707 Power quick-tach boom output open circuit Quick-tach disabled
W8802 Power quick-tach boom relay feedback error on Quick-tach disabled
W8803 Power quick-tach boom relay feedback error off Quick-tach disabled
W8902 Power lift output error on Boom lifting and lowering reduced
W8903 Power lift output error off Boom lifting and lowering reduced
W8907 Power lift output error open circuit Boom lifting and lowering reduced
W9002 Power lift relay error on Boom lifting and lowering reduced
W9003 Workgroup controller bad table Not applicable
W9999 Power quick-tach output error off Power quick-tach function not available

213 of 258
Service Codes List - Auxiliary Controller

H0321 Battery Voltage Out Of Range High Auxiliary disabled
H0322 Battery Voltage Out Of Range Low Auxiliary disabled
H2005 Rear Auxiliary / Hook UP Valve Short to Battery Rear Auxiliary / Hook function disabled
H2006 Rear Auxiliary / Hook UP Valve Short to Ground Rear Auxiliary / Hook function disabled
H2007 Rear Auxiliary / Hook UP Valve Open Circuit Rear Auxiliary / Hook function disabled
H2105 Rear Auxiliary / Hook DOWN Valve Short to Rear Auxiliary / Hook function disabled
Battery
H2106 Rear Auxiliary / Hook DOWN Valve Short to Rear Auxiliary / Hook function disabled
Ground
H2107 Rear Auxiliary / Hook DOWN Valve Open Circuit Rear Auxiliary / Hook function disabled
H2205 Rear Auxiliary / Hook ACTIVATION Valve Short to Rear Auxiliary / Hook function disabled
Battery
H2206 Rear Auxiliary / Hook ACTIVATION Valve Short to Rear Auxiliary / Hook function disabled
Ground
H2207 Rear Auxiliary / Hook ACTIVATION Valve Open Rear Auxiliary / Hook function disabled
Circuit
H2232 Rear Auxiliary / Hook ACTIVATION Valve Rear Auxiliary / Hook function disabled
Overcurrent
H2328 Rear Auxiliary / Hook Dashboard Switch In Error Rear Auxiliary / Hook function disabled
H3204 Workgroup controller no communication Boom Float and Boom Suspension disabled
H3304 Gateway controller no communication All functions disabled
H3404 Display controller no communication All functions disabled
H3523 Programming or constant data invalid Workgroup disabled
H3528 Controller failure Workgroup disabled
H3596 Interrupted power All functions allowed
H3597 Controller programmed All functions allowed
H3704 Drive controller no communication Auxiliary disabled
H4004 Joystick no communication Workgroup disabled
H4621 Voltage sensor 5V supply Out Of Range High Workgroup disabled
H4622 Voltage sensor 5V supply Out Of Range Low Workgroup disabled
H7002 Boom Drain Output Error ON Workgroup and Boom Suspension disabled
H7003 Boom Drain Output Error OFF Boom Suspension disabled
H7007 Boom Drain Output Error Open Circuit Boom Suspension disabled
H7033 Boom Drain Output Internal Failure Boom Suspension disabled
H7102 Boom Drain Relay Feedback Output Error ON Workgroup and Boom Suspension disabled
H7103 Boom Drain Relay Feedback Output Error OFF Boom Suspension disabled
H7205 Boom Suspension Output Short To Battery All boom movements and boom suspension disabled
H7206 Boom Suspension Output Short To Ground Boom Suspension disabled
H7207 Boom Suspension Output Open Circuit Boom Suspension disabled
H7232 Boom Suspension Output Overcurrent Boom Suspension disabled
H7233 Boom Suspension Output Internal Failure Boom Suspension disabled
H7428 Boom Suspension Error Boom Suspension disabled
H7528 Boom Suspension Switch ON Boom Suspension disabled

214 of 258
Service Codes List - Auxiliary Controller (Cont’d)

H7602 Boom Suspension Icon Error ON All functions allowed
H7603 Boom Suspension Icon Error OFF All functions allowed
H7705 Boom Float output Short To Battery Boom Float and Boom Suspension disabled
H7706 Boom Float output Short To Ground Boom Float disabled
H7707 Boom Float Open Circuit Boom Float disabled
H7732 Boom Float Overcurrent Boom Float disabled
H9999 Auxiliary controller Bad Table Not applicable
Service Codes List - Display Controller

L0102 Left panel button 1 error ON Work lights button doesn't work
Cannot access to steering mode calibration menu and
battery voltage
L0202 Left panel button 2 error ON Joystick lockout button doesn't work.
Cannot change the safety valve status.
Cannot access to angle calibration menu
L0302 Left panel button 3 error ON Auxiliary button doesn't work.
Cannot change the permanent flow status
Cannot access to drive pump menu
L0402 Left panel button 4 error ON Information button doesn't work
Cannot change the menu displayed
L7404 Main controller no communication No data displayed / no functions allowed from Display
L7672 Left hand panel programming error No data displayed / no functions allowed from Display
Service Codes List - LLMI Controller

I0314 LLMI undervoltage No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I0315 LLMI overvoltage No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3014 LLMI sensor offset No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3015 LLMI sensor out of range No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3016 LLMI sensor default No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3017 LLMI sensor ID error No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3018 LLMI sensor Rx out of delay No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3113 LLMI calibration values out of range No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3121 LLMI calibration values Inverted No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3122 LLMI calibration values too close No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3123 LLMI calibration time-out No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3901 LLMI EEPROM failure No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3903 LLMI external watchdog default No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3904 LLMI wrong RAM test No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3905 LLMI wrong program checksum No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3909 LLMI test button error no test available
Calibrate the system

215 of 258
Service Codes List - LLMC Controller

C0314 LLMC undervoltage Workgroup functions reduced
C0315 LLMC overvoltage Workgroup functions reduced
C3014 LLMC sensor offset Workgroup functions reduced
C3015 LLMC sensor out of range Workgroup functions reduced
C3016 LLMC sensor default Workgroup functions reduced
C3017 LLMC sensor ID error Workgroup functions reduced
C3018 LLMC sensor Rx out of delay Workgroup functions reduced
C3113 LLMC calibration values out of range Workgroup functions reduced
C3121 LLMC calibration values Inverted Workgroup functions reduced
C3122 LLMC calibration values too close Workgroup functions reduced
C3123 LLMC calibration time-out Workgroup functions reduced
C3801 LLMC EEPROM failure Workgroup functions reduced
C3803 LLMC external watchdog default Workgroup functions reduced
C3804 LLMC wrong RAM test Workgroup functions reduced
C3805 LLMC wrong program checksum Workgroup functions reduced

216 of 258
PASSWORD SETUP (KEYPAD PANEL) Figure 306
Password Description
Master Password:
A permanent, randomly selected password set at the

factory that cannot be changed. This password is
used for service by the Bobcat dealer if the owner
password is not known or to change the owner
password.
Owner Password:
Allows for full use of the telescopic handler. Must be

used to change the owner password. 1 2 P126161
NOTE: By default, the owner password is the last 5

digits of the machine serial number. Press and hold the lock (Item 1) and unlock (Item 2)
[Figure 306] keys for three seconds.
User 1 and User 2 Passwords:
The display screen will show [CODE].
By default, User 1 and User 2 Passwords are not set. Enter the five digit owner or master password using the
number keys (0 through 9) if locked.
NOTE: The User 1 and User 2 passwords cannot be
used to change a password or switch from The display screen will show [OWNER] for two seconds.
Locked mode to Unlocked mode and vice Press the unlock key (Item 2) [Figure 306] to navigate
versa. between [OWNER], [USER 1] and [USER 2].
Changing The Owner, User 1 And User 2 Password After two seconds, the display screen will show [ENTER].
NOTE: The lock key (Item 1) red light and the unlock
Figure 305 key (Item 2) [Figure 306] green light will flash
during the procedure.
Enter a new five digit owner, user 1 or user 2 password

2 4
using the number keys (0 through 9). An asterisk will
3 show in the display screen for each key press.
1
The display screen will show [AGAIN].
Enter the new five digit owner password again.
The display screen will show [STORE] if the password

has been changed.
The display screen will show [ERROR] if:

P133028 P133035 • The second five digit owner user 1 or user 2 password
is different from the first one.
Turn the key switch (Item 1) to the RUN (Item 2) OR
[Figure 305] position to turn on the telescopic handlers
electrical system. • No number key was pressed for more than 20
seconds.
OR OR
Turn the start switch (Item 3) to the RUN (Item 4) • “00000” was entered as owner user 1 or user 2
password.
[Figure 305] position to turn on the telescopic handlers
electrical system. NOTE: “00000” is not an acceptable owner, user 1 or
user 2 password.
The system returns to its previous state. Either the lock

key (Item 1) red light or the unlock key (Item 2)
[Figure 306] green light will become solid.

217 of 258
PASSWORD SETUP (KEYPAD PANEL) (CONT’D) Figure 308
Password Lockout Feature
This feature allows the owner to unlock the password

feature so that a password does not need to be used
every time the engine is started.
NOTE: The password lockout feature does not

function with a user password.
Figure 307
1
2 4
P126161
3
1
Press the unlock key (Item 1) [Figure 308].
The unlock key (Item 1) [Figure 308] green light will flash
and the display screen will show [CODE].
Enter the five digit owner password using the number

keys (0 through 9). The unlock key (Item 1) [Figure 308]
green light will become solid.
P133028 P133035
The telescopic handler can now be started without using
a password.
Turn the key switch (Item 1) to the RUN (Item 2)
[Figure 307] position to turn on the telescopic handlers NOTE: Use the following procedure to reset the
electrical system. machine lock so that the telescopic handler
requires a password to start the engine.
OR
Turn the key switch (Item 1) to the RUN (Item 2)
Turn the start switch (Item 3) to the RUN (Item 4) [Figure 307] position to turn on the telescopic handlers
[Figure 307] position to turn on the telescopic handlers electrical system.
electrical system.
OR
The display screen will show [CODE].
Turn the start switch (Item 3) to the RUN (Item 4)
Enter the five digit owner password using the number [Figure 307] position to turn on the telescopic handlers
keys (0 through 9). electrical system.
Press the lock key (Item 2) [Figure 308].
The lock key (Item 2) [Figure 308] red light will flash and
the display screen will show [CODE].
Enter the five digit owner password using the number

keys (0 through 9). The lock key (Item 2) [Figure 308]
red light will become solid.
You must now enter the password every time to start the
telescopic handler.

218 of 258
MAINTENANCE CLOCK
Description
The Maintenance Clock alerts the operator when the next

service interval is due. EXAMPLE: The maintenance
clock can be set to a 500 hour interval as a reminder for
the next 500 hour planned maintenance.
Figure 309
EM8038
During machine operation, a two beep alarm will sound

when there are less than 10 hours until the next planned
maintenance.
The remaining hours before maintenance is required

(Item 1) will appear in the data display for 10 seconds
while the service icon (Item 3) and the hourmeter icon
(Item 2) [Figure 309] flash.
NOTE: The display will show negative numbers after

counting down to zero.
The display will revert to the previous display and will

appear for 10 seconds every time the machine is started
until the maintenance clock is reset.
Setup
See your Bobcat dealer about installation of this feature.
Reset
See your Bobcat dealer to reset the maintenance clock.

219 of 258
220 of 258
SPECIFICATIONS
TL26.60DB, TL26.60HB TELESCOPIC HANDLER SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

Machine Dimensions For Models TL26.60DB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Machine Dimensions For Models TL26.60HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Drive System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Fluid Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Environmental* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Visibility Diagrams For Models TL26.60DB - 20” Wheels* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Visibility Diagrams For Models TL26.60HB - 20” Wheels* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Visibility Diagrams For Light Material Buckets* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
TL30.60DB, TL30.60HB TELESCOPIC HANDLER SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Machine Dimensions For Models TL30.60DB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Machine Dimensions For Models TL30.60HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Drive System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Fluid Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Environmental* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Visibility Diagrams For Light Material Buckets* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
LIFTING AND TIE-DOWN SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Tie Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

221 of 258
Certain specification(s) are based on engineering calculations and are not actual measurements. Specification(s) are
provided for comparison purposes only and are subject to change without notice. Specification(s) for your individual
Bobcat equipment will vary based on normal variations in design, manufacturing, operating conditions, and other
factors.

222 of 258
TL26.60DB, TL26.60HB TELESCOPIC HANDLER SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions are given for machine equipped with standard tyres and can vary with other tyre types.
Where applicable, specifications conform to SAE, ASME or ISO standards and are subject to change without notice.
Machine Dimensions For Models TL26.60DB
A
B
C
D O
E F
I
J
G P
L M N
Q
S
R
(A) Overall length (with forks) 5712 mm (224.9 in)

(B) Overall length (with Quick-tach carriage) 4507 mm (177.4 in)
(C) Overall length (to carrier pin) 4140 mm (163.0 in)
(D) Overall length (to front tyres 20”) 4035 mm (158.9 in)
(E) Overall height (with rotating beacon) - 20” Tyres 2290 mm (90.2 in)
(F) Overall height (with roof wiper) - 20” Tyres 2156 mm (84.9 in)
(G) Carriage rotation angle 136°
(I) Height to back of the machine - 20” Tyres 1587 mm (62.5 in)
(J) Ground clearance - 20” Tyres 264 mm (10.4 in)
(L) Front axle to front of carriage 1020 mm (40.2 in)
(M) Wheelbase 2820 mm (111 in)
(N) Rear axle to machine rear 667 mm (26.3 in)
(O) Operator cab outside width 930 mm (36.6 in)
(P) Track width (front and rear) 1666 mm (65.6 in)
(Q) Width over standard tyres (front and rear) - 20” Tyres 2100 mm (82.7 in)
(R) External turning radius (with forks) - 20” Tyres 4812 mm (189.4 in)
(S) External turning radius (at tyres) - 20” Tyres 3717 mm (146.3 in)
(U) Internal turning radius - 20” Tyres 1329 mm (52.3 in)
Operator cab inside width 857 mm (33.7 in)

223 of 258
TL26.60DB, TL26.60HB TELESCOPIC HANDLER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D)
Machine Dimensions For Models TL26.60HB
A
B
C
D O
E F
I
J
G P
L M N
Q
S
R


224 of 258
Performance
Crowding force - Tilt 4600 daN (10341 lbf)

Crowding force - Lift 2900 daN (6519 lbf)
Drawbar pull (at 1km/h [0.6 mph]) 4900 daN (11016 lbf) - 20”/4100 daN (9217 lbf) - 24”
Ground pressure 11 kg/cm² (156.5 PSI)
Rated load capacity 2600 kg (5732 lb)
Capacity (at maximum height) 2000 kg (4409 lb)
Capacity (at maximum reach) on 20” tyres 950 kg (2094 lb)
Tipping load (at maximum reach) on 20” tyres 1220 kg (2690 lb)
Lifting height on 20” tyres 5800 mm (228.3 in)
Maximum reach on 20” tyres 3100 mm (122.0 in)
Maximum reach (at maximum height) on 20” tyres 425 mm (16.7 in)
Travel Speed on 20” tyres 
- Low range 0 - 8,5 km/h (0 - 5.3 mph)
- High range 0 - 35 km/h (0 - 21.7 mph)
Static and dynamic tests have been carried out and passed according to EN1459-1 and ISO 22915.*
Weights
Weight (unladen) - 20” tyres 4780 kg (10538 lb)

Front axle weight unladen - 20” tyres 2390 kg (5269 lb)
Rear axle weight unladen - 20” tyres 2390 kg (5269 lb)
Total weight with pallet frame and forks - 20” tyres 5090 kg (11222 lb)
Front axle weight with pallet frame and forks - 20” tyres 2810 kg (6195 lb)
Rear axle weight with pallet frame and forks - 20” tyres 2280 kg (5027 lb)
Total weight with pallet frame, forks and rated load - 20” tyres 7690 kg (16954 lb)
Front axle weight with pallet frame, forks and rated load - 20” tyres 6840 kg (15080 lb)
Rear axle weight with pallet frame, forks and rated load - 20” tyres 850 kg (1874 lb)

225 of 258
Engine
Make / Model PERKINS / 1104D-44TA

Fuel / Cooling Diesel / Liquid
Rated power (ISO 14396) at 2200 rpm 74,5 kW (100 hp)
Maximum torque at 1400 rpm 410 N•m (302 ft-lb)
Rated speed 2200 rpm
Low idle speed 900 rpm
Cycle Type 4 cycles
Number of cylinders 4
Displacement 4,4 L (269 in³)
Bore / Stroke 105 mm (4.1 in) / 127 mm (5 in)
Lubrication Gear pump pressure
Crankshaft ventilation Open breathing
Air Cleaner Dry replaceable cartridge with safety element
Ignition Diesel Compression
Air Induction Turbocharged
Engine Coolant Ethylene Glycol Mix -37°C (-34.6°F)
Controls
Engine Foot accelerator pedal

Starting Key-type starter switch and shutdown
Front auxiliary Variable thumbwheel on joystick
Hydraulics lift and tilt Electronic joystick
Hydraulics telescope in and telescope out Variable thumbwheel on joystick
Service brake Pedal-activated wet multi-disc on front axle
Secondary brake Passive brake
Parking brake Passive brake
Steering Proportional hydraulic steering via a conventional steering
wheel
Speed range and reverse selection Switch for hydrostatic motor ratios, and switch on joystick
or lever for F-N-R
4WD / 2WD / parallel drive selection Three-position switch on the right-hand console
Auxiliary pressure release Bobcat coupler

226 of 258
Drive System
Transmission Hydrostatic with electronic regulation

Main drive Two speed hydrostatic motor
Transmission oil ELF SF3 / TOTAL DYNATRANS FR
Traction
Standard tyres CAMSO 405/70-20 16PR

(315 kPa [3,15 bar] [46 psi])
Optional tyres CAMSO 405/70-20 14PR
(315 kPa [3,15 bar] [46 psi])
Optional tyres DUNLOP 405/70R20 168A2 152J MPT SPT9
(400 kPa [4,0 bar] [58 psi])
Optional tyres MICHELIN 400/70R20 149A8/149B IND TL BIBLOAD
(360 kPa [3,6 bar] [52 psi])
Optional tyres MICHELIN 400/70R20 149A8/149B IND TL XMCL
(360 kPa [3,6 bar] [52 psi])
Optional tyres ALLIANCE 400/70R20 149A8 A 580
(380 kPa [3,8 bar] [55 psi])
Optional tyres MICHELIN 400/80-24 162A8 IND TL POWER CL
(250 kPa [2,5 bar] [36 psi])
(350 kPa [3,5 bar] [51 psi])
(250 kPa [2,5 bar] [36 psi])
(330 kPa [3,3 bar] [48 psi])
(300 kPa [3,0 bar] [43 psi])
Steering
Steering Pump Priority valve on hydraulic pump

Steering Mode 2WS / 4WS / CRAB
Brakes
Engine Braking Hydrostatic

Parking and Emergency brake Negative brake with hydraulic command
Service Brake Oil immersed multi-disks

227 of 258
Fluid Capacities
Axle front / rear -

— Axle differential front 4,2 L (1.11 U.S gal)
— Axle differential rear 3,4 L (0.90 U.S gal)
— Wheel hub reduction (per wheel) 0,9 L (0.24 U.S. gal)
— Reduction box 0,7 L (0.18 U.S. gal)
Cooling system with heater 15 L (4.0 U.S. gal)
Engine oil with oil filter 8,5 L (2.25 U.S. gal)
Fuel tank 115 L (30.4 U.S. gal)
Hydraulic reservoir 47 L (12.4 U.S. gal)
Hydraulic system plus reservoir 90 L (23.3 U.S. gal)
Hydraulic System
Pump type Gear pump with LS valve

Pump capacity 100 L/min (26.4 U.S. gpm)
Relief valve pressure setting 25 MPa (250 bar) (3626 psi)
Control valve type Open centre with flow sharing and flow compensators technology
Hydraulic filter specification Full flow filtration
Front auxiliary flow 90 L/min (23.3 U.S. gpm)
Hydraulic fluid PETRONAS
Electrical System
Alternator 90 A (110 A optional**)

Battery 110 Ah (140 Ah optional**)
Starter 3,2 kW (4.3 hp)
Temperature Range
Operation and storage -15°C - +45°C (+5°F - +113°F)
Altitude
Maximum altitude 2000 m (6500 ft)

228 of 258
Instrument Panel
The following functions are monitored by a combination of gauges and warning lights in the operator's line of sight.
The system alerts the operator of monitored malfunctions by way of audible and visual indicators.
Gauges
Rev counter
Total operating hours
Job hours
Boom angle
Fuel gauge
Engine coolant temperature gauge
Indicators
Front and rear wheel alignment status
Headlight full beam
Headlight low beam
Position lights
Left and right turn
Trailer turn
Parking brake
Longitudinal stability level
Windscreen wipers
Work lights
Flashing warning lights
Hazard warning lights
Hydraulic function lock
Rear fog lights
Heater fan
Warning lights
Hydraulic fluid over-temperature
Engine coolant over-temperature
Low oil pressure
Battery not charging
Longitudinal stability alarm
Green - less than 61% of load
Amber - 63 to 68% of load`
Red - over 71% of load

229 of 258
Environmental*
DECLARED NOISE EMISSION VALUES
Value Uncertainty
Noise level per Directive 2000/14/EC - LwA 106 dB(A) N/A**
Operator noise level per EN 12053 - LpA (TL26.60(D)(H)B) 79 dB(A) 4 dB(A)
DECLARED VIBRATION EMISSION VALUES
Value Uncertainty
Whole-body vibration per EN 13059 (20” tyres) 1,8 m/s² (5.9 ft/s²) 0,54 m/s² (1.77 ft/s²)
Hand-arm vibration N/A** N/A**
RMS maximum per Directive 1978/764 N/A** N/A**
FLUORINATED GREENHOUSE GAS (F-GAS) (if equipped with HVAC)
Value
F-gas Type HFC-134a
F-gas Mass 1,13 kg (2.5 lb)
CO Equivalent 1,62 t (1.79 tn)
Global Warming Potential (GWP) 1430
* If EC-equipped machine.
** N/A - Not applicable for telescopic handler.

230 of 258
Visibility Diagrams For Models TL26.60DB - 20” Wheels*

231 of 258

232 of 258
Visibility Diagrams For Models TL26.60HB - 20” Wheels*

233 of 258

234 of 258
Visibility Diagrams For Light Material Buckets*

235 of 258
TL30.60DB, TL30.60HB TELESCOPIC HANDLER SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions are given for machine equipped with standard tyres and can vary with other tyre types.
Where applicable, specifications conform to SAE, ASME or ISO standards and are subject to change without notice.
Machine Dimensions For Models TL30.60DB
A
B
C
D O
E F
I
J
G P
L M N
Q
S
R


236 of 258
Machine Dimensions For Models TL30.60HB
A
B
C
D O
E F
I
J
G
P
L M N
Q
S
R

(N) Rear axle to back of machine 667 mm (26.3 in)

237 of 258
Performance
Crowding force - Tilt 4600 daN (10341 lbf)

Crowding force - Lift 2900 daN (6519 lbf)
Drawbar pull (at 1km/h [0.6 mph]) 4900 daN (11016 lbf) - 20”/4100 daN (9217 lbf) - 24”
Ground pressure 11 kg/cm² (156.5 PSI)
Rated load capacity 3000 kg (6614 lb)
Capacity (at maximum height) 2500 kg (5512 lb)
Capacity (at maximum reach) on 20” tyres 1250 kg (2756 lb)
Tipping load (at maximum reach) on 20” tyres 1580 kg (3483 lb)
Lifting height on 20” tyres 5800 mm (228.3 in)
Maximum reach on 20” tyres 3100 mm (122.0 in)
Maximum reach (at maximum height) on 20” tyres 425 mm (16.7 in)
Travel Speed on 20” tyres 
- Low range 0 - 8,5 km/h (0 - 5.3 mph)
- High range 0 - 35km/h (0 - 21.7 mph)
Static and dynamic tests have been carried out and passed according to EN1459-1 and ISO 22915.*
Weights
Weight (unladen) - 20” tyres 5180 kg (11420 lb)

Front axle weight unladen - 20” tyres 2340 kg (5159 lb)
Rear axle weight unladen - 20” tyres 2840 kg (6261 lb)
Total weight with pallet frame and forks - 20” tyres 5490 kg (12103 lb)
Front axle weight with pallet frame and forks - 20” tyres 2760 kg (6085 lb)
Rear axle weight with pallet frame and forks - 20” tyres 2730 kg (6019 lb)
Total weight with pallet frame, forks and rated load - 20” tyres 8490 kg (18717 lb)
Front axle weight with pallet frame, forks and rated load - 20” tyres 7410 kg (16336 lb)
Rear axle weight with pallet frame, forks and rated load - 20” tyres 1080 kg (2381 lb)

238 of 258
Engine
Make / Model PERKINS / 1104D-44TA

Fuel / Cooling Diesel / Liquid
Rated power (ISO 14396) at 2200 rpm 74,5 kW (100 hp)
Maximum torque at 1400 rpm 410 N•m (302 ft-lb)
Rated speed 2200 rpm
Low idle speed 900 rpm
Cycle Type 4 cycles
Number of cylinders 4
Displacement 4,4 L (269 in³)
Bore / Stroke 105 mm (4.1 in) / 127 mm (5 in)
Lubrication Gear pump pressure
Crankshaft ventilation Open breathing
Air Cleaner Dry replaceable cartridge with safety element
Ignition Diesel Compression
Air Induction Turbocharged
Engine Coolant Ethylene Glycol Mix -37°C (-34.6°F)
Controls
Engine Foot accelerator pedal

Starting Key-type starter switch and shutdown
Front auxiliary Variable thumbwheel on joystick
Hydraulics lift and tilt Electronic joystick
Hydraulics telescope in and telescope out Variable thumbwheel on joystick
Service brake Pedal-activated wet multi-disc on front axle
Secondary brake Passive brake
Parking brake Passive brake
Steering Proportional hydraulic steering via a conventional steering
wheel
Speed range and reverse selection Switch for hydrostatic motor ratios, and switch on joystick
or lever for F-N-R
4WD / 2WD / parallel drive selection Three-position switch on the right-hand console
Auxiliary pressure release Bobcat coupler

239 of 258
Drive System
Transmission Hydrostatic with electronic regulation

Main drive Two speed hydrostatic motor
Transmission oil ELF SF3 / TOTAL DYNATRANS FR
Traction
Standard tyres CAMSO 405/70-20 16PR

(315 kPa [3,15 bar] [46 psi])
(315 kPa [3,15 bar] [46 psi])
(400 kPa [4,0 bar] [58 psi])
Optional tyres MICHELIN 400/70R20 149A8/149B IND TL BIBLOAD
(360 kPa [3,6 bar] [52 psi])
(360 kPa [3,6 bar] [52 psi])
(380 kPa [3,8 bar] [55 psi])
Optional tyres MICHELIN 400/80-24 162A8 IND TL POWER CL
(250 kPa [2,5 bar] [36 psi])
(350 kPa [3,5 bar] [51 psi])
(250 kPa [2,5 bar] [36 psi])
(330 kPa [3,3 bar] [48 psi])
(300 kPa [3,0 bar] [43 psi])
Steering
Steering Pump Priority valve on hydraulic pump

Steering Mode 2WS / 4WS / CRAB
Brakes
Engine Braking Hydrostatic

Parking and Emergency brake Negative brake with hydraulic command
Service Brake Oil immersed multi-disks

240 of 258
Fluid Capacities
Axle front / rear -

— Axle differential front 4,2 L (1.11 U.S gal)
— Axle differential rear 3,4 L (0.90 U.S gal)
— Wheel hub reduction (per wheel) 0,9 L (0.24 U.S. gal)
— Reduction box 0,7 L (0.18 U.S. gal)
Cooling system with heater 15 L (3.96 U.S. gal)
Engine oil with oil filter 8,5 L (2.25 U.S. gal)
Fuel tank 115 L (30.4 U.S. gal)
Hydraulic reservoir 47 L (12.4 U.S. gal)
Hydraulic system plus reservoir 90 L (23.3 U.S. gal)
Hydraulic System
Pump type Gear pump with LS valve

Pump capacity 100 L/min (26.4 U.S. gpm)
Relief valve pressure setting 25 MPa (250 bar) (3626 psi)
Control valve type Open centre with flow sharing and flow compensators technology
Hydraulic filter specification Full flow filtration
Front auxiliary flow 90 L/min (23.3 U.S. gpm)
Hydraulic fluid PETRONAS
Electrical System
Alternator 90 A (110 A optional**)

Battery 110 Ah (140 Ah optional**)
Starter 3,2 kW (4.3 hp)
Temperature Range
Operation and storage -15°C - +45°C (+5°F - +113°F)
Altitude
Maximum altitude 2000 m (6500 ft)

241 of 258
Instrument Panel
The following functions are monitored by a combination of gauges and warning lights in the operator's line of sight.
The system alerts the operator of monitored malfunctions by way of audible and visual indicators.
Gauges
Rev counter
Total operating hours
Job hours
Boom angle
Fuel gauge
Engine coolant temperature gauge
Indicators
Front and rear wheel alignment status
Headlight full beam
Headlight low beam
Position lights
Left and right turn
Trailer turn
Parking brake
Longitudinal stability level
Windscreen wipers
Work lights
Flashing warning lights
Hazard warning lights
Hydraulic function lock
Rear fog lights
Heater fan
Warning lights
Hydraulic fluid over-temperature
Engine coolant over-temperature
Low oil pressure
Battery not charging
Longitudinal stability alarm
Green - less than 61% of load
Amber - 63 to 68% of load`
Red - over 71% of load

242 of 258
Environmental*
DECLARED NOISE EMISSION VALUES
Value Uncertainty
Noise level per Directive 2000/14/EC - LwA 106 dB(A) N/A**
Operator noise level per EN 12053 - LpA 79 dB(A) 4 dB(A)
DECLARED VIBRATION EMISSION VALUES
Value Uncertainty
Whole-body vibration per EN 13059 (20” tyres) 1,8 m/s² (5.9 ft/s²) 0,54 m/s² (1.77 ft/s²)
Hand-arm vibration N/A** N/A**
RMS maximum per Directive 1978/764 N/A** N/A**
FLUORINATED GREENHOUSE GAS (F-GAS) (if equipped with HVAC)
Value
F-gas Type HFC-134a
F-gas Mass 1,13 kg (2.5 lb)
CO Equivalent 1,62 t (1.79 tn)
Global Warming Potential (GWP) 1430
* If EC-equipped machine.
** N/A - Not applicable for telescopic handler.

243 of 258

244 of 258

245 of 258

246 of 258

247 of 258
Visibility Diagrams For Light Material Buckets*

248 of 258
LIFTING AND TIE-DOWN SPECIFICATIONS
Lifting
X2 X1
TL30.60 TL26.60
CG location (X1) Front 1665 mm (65.6 in) 1536 mm (60.5 in)
(X2) Rear 1507 mm (59.3 in) 1636 mm (64.4 in)
Longitudinal Angle (q1) Front 30° 28°
(q2) Rear 37° 39°
Lateral Angle (d1) Front 8°
(d2) Rear 8°
Sling Length Front 3310 mm (130.3 in) 3250 mm (128.0 in)
Rear 2530 mm (99.6 in) 2610 mm (102.8 in)
Single Sling Force Front 36200 N (8138.1 lbf) 35220 N (7917.8 lbf)
Rear 30610 N (6881.4 lbf) 26590 N (5977.7 lbf)
(A) Lifting hook height minimum 3575 mm (140.7 in)
Operating mass 5615 kg (12379 lb) 5195 kg (11453 lb)

249 of 258
LIFTING AND TIE-DOWN SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D)
Tie Down
TL30.60
Most compact angle Angle for < 4000 DaN
(8992 lbf) sling forces
Vertical Angle (a1) Front 22° 21°
(a2) Rear 44° 43°
Horizontal Angle (bx1) Front 69° 60°
(bx2) Rear 66° 64°
Rear 1400 mm (55.1 in) 1420 mm (55.9 in)
Single Sling Force Front 40580 N (9122.7 lbf) -
Rear 38220 N (8592.2 lbf) -
(A) Lateral distance attachment points 2450 mm (96.5 in)
(B) Longitudinal distance attachment points 4612 mm (181.5 in) - 4968 mm (195.6 in)
Operating mass 5615 kg (12379 lb)
TL26.60
Most compact angle Angle for < 4000 DaN
(8992 lbf) sling forces
Vertical Angle (a1) Front 22° 21°
(a2) Rear 44° 43°
Horizontal Angle (bx1) Front 69° 60°
(bx2) Rear 66° 64°
Rear 1400 mm (55.1 in) 1420 mm (55.9 in)
Single Sling Force Front 37540 N (8439.3 lbf) -
Rear 35360 N (7949.2 lbf) -
(A) Lateral distance attachment points 2450 mm (96.5 in)
(B) Longitudinal distance attachment points 4612 mm (181.5 in) - 4968 mm (195.6 in)
Operating mass 5195 kg (11453 lb)

250 of 258
WARRANTY
WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

251 of 258
252 of 258
WARRANTY
WARRANTY
TELESCOPIC HANDLER
Doosan Bobcat EMEA s.r.o. (“Doosan”) warrants to its authorised dealers who in turn warrants to the customer
that each new Bobcat Telescopic Handler will be free from defects in material and workmanship for thirty-six (36)
months from the date of delivery to the customer or 3000 hours of machine usage, whichever occurs first. During
the warranty period, the authorised Doosan dealer shall repair or replace, at Doosan’s option, without charge for
parts, labour and travel of technicians, any part of the Doosan product which fails because of defects in material
or workmanship. The customer shall provide the authorised Doosan dealer with prompt written notice of the
defect and allow reasonable time for replacement or repair. Doosan may, at its option, request failed parts to be
returned to the factory or to any other designated location. Transportation of the Doosan product to the authorised
Doosan dealer for warranty work is not the responsibility of Doosan. Service schedules must adhere to prescribed
intervals and Bobcat genuine parts/lubricants must be used. The warranty does not apply to tyres, tracks or other
accessories not manufactured by Doosan. For coverage on engines, consult with your Bobcat Dealer. For these
non-covered items, the customer shall refer solely to the warranty, if any, of the respective manufacturers thereof,
in accordance with the respective manufacturers warranty statement. Some Doosan parts are covered pro-rata
depending on the expected life-time of the part. Coverage for batteries, air-conditioning refill, couplers and
ignition system parts (glow plugs, fuel injection pumps, injectors) is reduced as failures generally originate from
factors not under Doosan’s control such as, but not limited to, prolonged storage, abuse or fuel quality. Reduced
coverage is, depending on the component, limited from 50 to 500 operating hours. The warranty does not cover: (i)
Oils and lubricants, coolant fluids, filter elements, brake linings, tune-up parts, bulbs, fuses, alternator fan belts,
drive belts, pins, bushings and other high-wear items. (ii) Damages resulting from abuse, accidents, alterations,
use of the product with any bucket or attachment not approved by Doosan, air flow obstructions, or failure to
maintain or use the Doosan product according to the instructions applicable to it. (iii) Ground engaging parts such
as bucket teeth and cutting edges. (iv) Fuel or hydraulic system cleaning, engine tune-up, brake inspection or
adjustment. (v) Adjustments or slight defects which generally do not affect the stability or reliability of the
machine.
DOOSAN EXCLUDES OTHER CONDITIONS, WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ALL KINDS, EXPRESSED

OR IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE (EXCEPT THAT OF TITLE) INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES
AND CONDITIONS RELATING TO MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. CORRECTIONS BY DOOSAN OF NONCONFORMITIES WHETHER PATENT OR LATENT,
IN THE MANNER AND FOR THE TIME PERIOD PROVIDED ABOVE, SHALL CONSTITUTE FULFILLMENT OF ALL
LIABILITIES OF DOOSAN FOR SUCH NONCONFORMITIES, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, WARRANTY,
TORT, NEGLIGENCE, INDEMNITY, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE WITH RESPECT TO OR ARISING OUT OF
SUCH PRODUCT. THE REMEDIES OF THE END-USER/OWNER SET FORTH UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE
WARRANTY OUTLINED ABOVE ARE EXCLUSIVE AND THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF DOOSAN INCLUDING ANY
HOLDING, SUBSIDIARY, ASSOCIATED OR AFFILIATED COMPANY OR DISTRIBUTOR WITH RESPECT TO THIS
SALE OR THE PRODUCT AND SERVICE FURNISHED HEREUNDER IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE
OR BREACH THEREOF, OR FROM DELIVERY, INSTALLATION, REPAIR OR TECHNICAL DIRECTION COVERED BY
OR FURNISHED UNDER THIS SALE, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT, NEGLIGENCE,
INDEMNITY, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE SHALL NOT EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT
UPON WHICH SUCH LIABILITY IS BASED. DOOSAN INCLUDING ANY HOLDING, SUBSIDIARY, ASSOCIATED OR
AFFILIATED COMPANY AND DISTRIBUTOR SHALL IN NO EVENT BE LIABLE TO THE END-USER/OWNER, ANY
SUCCESSORS IN INTEREST OR ANY BENEFICIARY OR ASSIGNEE RELATING TO THIS SALE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS SALE OR
BY ANY BREACH THEREOF, OR ANY DEFECT IN, OR FAILURE OF, OR MALFUNCTION OF THE PRODUCT UNDER
THIS SALE, WHETHER BASED UPON LOSS OF USE, LOST PROFITS OR REVENUE, INTEREST, LOST GOODWILL,
WORK STOPPAGE, IMPAIRMENT OF OTHER GOODS, LOSS BY REASON OF SHUTDOWN OR NON-OPERATION,
INCREASED EXPENSES OF OPERATION OR CLAIMS OF USER OR CUSTOMERS OF THE USER FOR SERVICE
INTERRUPTION WHETHER OR NOT SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE IS BASED ON CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT,
NEGLIGENCE, INDEMNITY, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE.
4700004enGB (07-18) Printed in Belgium

253 of 258
254 of 258
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
AIR CLEANER SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 MAINTENANCE CLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217

AIR CONDITIONING BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 MAINTENANCE SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
ALTERNATOR BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 MONITORING THE DISPLAY PANEL . . . . . . .95
ALTERNATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 OPERATING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
APPROVED BOOM STOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
ATTACHMENT CARRIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 OPERATOR CONTROLS IDENTIFICATION . .45
ATTACHMENT CONTROL CONNECTOR . . . 81 OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . .1
ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
AUTO REVERSE COOLING FAN . . . . . . . . . . 81 PASSWORD SETUP (KEYPAD PANEL) . . . . .215
AUTOMATIC BOOM SUSPENSION** . . . . . . 74 PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . .86
AXLES (FRONT AND REAR) . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS . . . . . . . . .13
BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED 12 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
BOBCAT TELESCOPIC HANDLER SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
BOOM SUSPENSION** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 SERVICE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
CHARTS FOR TL26.60DB, TL26.60HB SMART HANDLING SYSTEM (SHS) . . . . . . . .82
MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 SPEED MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
CHARTS FOR TL30.60DB, TL30.60HB STARTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
STEERING MODE SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . .60
DAILY INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY* . . . . . . . . . 7 TELESCOPIC HANDLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
DELIVERY REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 TELESCOPIC HANDLER STORAGE AND
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES . . . . . . . . . 203 RETURN TO SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
DRIVING AND STEERING THE TELESCOPIC TL26.60DB, TL26.60HB TELESCOPIC
HANDLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 HANDLER SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . .221
DUAL FNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 TL30.60DB, TL30.60HB TELESCOPIC
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 HANDLER SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . .234
EMERGENCY EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 TOWING A TRAILER WITH THE TELESCOPIC
HANDLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
TOWING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER . . . .137
ENGINE COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
TRANSPORTING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . 170 ON A TRAILER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND TYRE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193
ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251
FIRE PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR * If EC-equipped machine
CONDITIONING SYSTEM (HVAC) . . . . . . . . 161 ** Not allowed for EC-equipped machines
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM . . . 182
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
LIFTING AND TIE-DOWN SPECIFICATIONS 247
LIFTING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER . . . 141
LLMC CALIBRATION TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
LUBRICATING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

255 of 258
256 of 258
257 of 258
Bobcat®, the Bobcat logo and the colours of the Bobcat machine are registered trademarks of
Bobcat Company in the United States and various other countries.
258 of 258

TL2660 - TL3060 7282519 enGB Om

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

TL2660 - TL3060 7282519 enGB Om

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

TL2660 - TL3060 7282519 enGB Om

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

EN

Operation & Maintenance Manual

CORRECT CORRECT WRONG

NA5465 NA5444 NA5435

WRONG WRONG WRONG

NA5438 NA5431 NA5437

WRONG WRONG WRONG

NA5429 NA5426 NA5430

SAFETY AND TRAINING RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

SYSTEM SETUP AND ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

ALPHABETICAL INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Telescopic Handler Serial Number

YOUR BOBCAT DEALER:

Bobcat Company Doosan Bobcat EMEA s.r.o.

TL26.60DB, TL30.60DB, TL26.60HB, TL30.60HB

BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

BOBCAT TELESCOPIC HANDLER IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

TL26.60DB, TL30.60DB, TL26.60HB, TL30.60HB

Contents of EC Declaration of Conformity

Manufacturer Directive 2000/14/EC: Noise Emission in the

Description of Equipment Equipment conforms to CE Directive(s) Listed Below

Engine Manufacturer: PERKINS

TL26.60DB, TL30.60DB, TL26.60HB, TL30.60HB

Contents of EC Declaration of Conformity

Manufacturer Directive 2000/14/EC: Noise Emission in the

Description of Equipment Equipment conforms to CE Directive(s) Listed Below

Engine Manufacturer: PERKINS

TL26.60DB, TL30.60DB, TL26.60HB, TL30.60HB

Contents of EC Declaration of Conformity

Manufacturer Directive 2000/14/EC: Noise Emission in the

Description of Equipment Equipment conforms to CE Directive(s) Listed Below

Engine Manufacturer: PERKINS

TL26.60DB, TL30.60DB, TL26.60HB, TL30.60HB

Contents of EC Declaration of Conformity

Manufacturer Directive 2000/14/EC: Noise Emission in the

Description of Equipment Equipment conforms to CE Directive(s) Listed Below

Engine Manufacturer: PERKINS

TL26.60DB, TL30.60DB, TL26.60HB, TL30.60HB

Declaration of conformity with Article 14 of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 of the European

TL26.60DB, TL30.60DB, TL26.60HB, TL30.60HB

TL26.60DB, TL30.60DB, TL26.60HB, TL30.60HB

ENGINE OIL FILTER (6 Pack)  BATTERY

FUEL FILTER, PRIMARY HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN

FUEL FILTER, SECONDARY HYDRAULIC FILL / BREATHER

AIR FILTER, Outer  OPERATOR CAB AIR FILTER

AIR FILTER, Inner 

NOTE: Always verify Part Numbers with your Bobcat dealer.

TL26.60DB, TL30.60DB, TL26.60HB, TL30.60HB

Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEMS

Machine Dropping Part

(*) Factory-Filled Fluids And Lubricants

TL26.60DB, TL30.60DB, TL26.60HB, TL30.60HB

Always use the serial number of the telescopic handler Figure 2